Repair and Diagnosis (Single Page)

You are viewing the full "tree" of links on one page. This can load slowly, but is easier to search. The same page can appear multiple times under a different folder, that is why the page is so large.
View "split tree" where inner folders are split out. where inner links are on separate pages.

Expand All (for easy ctrl-f) Collapse All

• Quick Lookups
  • Common Specs & Procedures
    • Specifications Index
  • DTC Index
    • Air Bag DTCS
    • Anti-Lock Brake DTCS
    • Anti-Theft DTCS
    • Automatic Transmission (4T65-E) DTCS
    • Body Control Module DTCS
    • Cellular Communication DTCS
    • Charging DTCS
    • Cruise Control DTCS
    • Data Link Communication DTCS
    • Engine Performance - 3.4L DTCS
    • Engine Performance - 3.8L DTCS
    • HVAC, Manual DTCS
    • Instrument Panel DTCS
    • Lighting DTCS
    • Power Door Locks & Trunk Release DTCS
    • Remote Keyless Entry DTCS
    • Retained Accessory Power DTCS
    • Starting DTCS
    • Steering Column (Horn) Switch DTCS
    • Tire Pressure Monitor DTCS
  • Electrical Component Locations
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
  • Fluids
  • Technical Bulletins
    • Campaigns
    • Safety Recalls
    • Technical Service Bulletins
  • Tire Fitment
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Stoplamp Switch Connector End View (C1)
        • Stoplamp Switch Connector End View (C2)
        • Shift Lock Solenoid Connector End View
        • Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Temperature Actuator Connector End View (Driver Side)
        • Temperature Actuator Connector End View (Passenger Side)
        • Blower Motor Resistor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Assembly Connector End View (C1)
        • HVAC Control Assembly Connector End View (C2)
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (UE1)
        • OnStar® Module Connector End View C1
        • OnStar® Module Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module Connector End View C1 (1 Of 2)
        • Body Control Module Connector End View C1 (2 Of 2)
        • Body Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module Connector End View C3
        • Transaxle In-Line Harness 20-Way Connector End View
        • Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • TCC Pulse Width Modulated Solenoid Valve Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Transaxle Internal Mode Switch Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Stoplamp Switch Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • PCM 80-Way Connector End View C1 (3.4L - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way Connector End View C1 (3.4L - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way Connector End View C2 (3.4L - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way Connector End View C2 (3.4L - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way Connector End View C1 (3.8L - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way Connector End View C1 (3.8L - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way Connector End View C2 (3.8L - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way Connector End View C2 (3.8L - 2 Of 2)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2
        • Radio Connector End View C1
        • Radio Connector End View C2
        • Radio Antenna Module Connector End View
        • LF Door Speaker Connector End View
        • RF Door Speaker Connector End View
        • Left Rear Speaker Connector End View
        • Right Rear Speaker Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper System Module Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
        • CMP Sensor Connector End View (Bonneville, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • CMP Sensor Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • CMP Sensor Connector End View (Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • CKP Sensor Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector End View (Bonneville & LeSabre)
        • Data Link Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • Data Link Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • Data Link Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • Data Link Connector End View (Regal)
        • ECT Sensor Connector End View (Bonneville, Impala, Monte Carlo, LeSabre, Regal W/O Supercharger & Park Avenue)
        • ECT Sensor Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • ECT Sensor Connector End View (Regal With Supercharger)
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (Regal)
        • EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View (Grand Prix & Regal)
        • EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View (Le Sabre & Park Avenue)
        • EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View (Regal)
        • FTP Sensor Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • FTP Sensor Connector End View (Grand Prix, Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • FTP Sensor Connector End View (LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Connector End View (Grand Prix, Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Connector End View (LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (Regal)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (Regal)
        • IAC Valve Connector End View
        • IAT Sensor Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • IAT Sensor Connector End View (Gran Prix, Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • IAT Sensor Connector End View (LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • ICM Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • ICM Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • ICM Connector End View (Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • ICM Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • ICM Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • Inline Connector C101 Connector End View (Impala, Monte Carlo)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View C1 (Bonneville)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View C2 (Bonneville)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View C1 (Grand Prix)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View C2 (Grand Prix)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View C1 (LeSabre)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View C2 (LeSabre)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View (Regal)
        • MAF Sensor Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • MAF Sensor Connector End View (Grand Prix & Regal)
        • MAF Sensor Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • MAF Sensor Connector End View (LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • MAP Sensor Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • MAP Sensor With Supercharger Connector End View (Grand Prix, Regal)
        • MAP Sensor W/O Supercharger Connector End View (Grand Prix, Impala, Monte Carlo, Regal & Park Avenue)
        • MAP Sensor Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • MAP Sensor With Supercharger Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (Bonneville & LeSabre - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (Bonneville & LeSabre - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Bonneville & LeSabre - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Bonneville & LeSabre - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (Grand Prix - 1 Of 3)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (Grand Prix - 2 Of 3)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (Grand Prix - 3 Of 3)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Grand Prix - 1 Of 3)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Grand Prix - 2 Of 3)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Grand Prix - 3 Of 3)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (Impala & Monte Carlo - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (Impala & Monte Carlo - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Impala & Monte Carlo - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Impala & Monte Carlo - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (Park Avenue - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (Park Avenue - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Park Avenue - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Park Avenue - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (Regal - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (Regal - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Regal - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Regal - 2 Of 2)
        • Secondary Air Injection Pump Relay Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View (Bonneville & LeSabre)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View (Regal)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • Supercharger Boost Control Solenoid Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • Supercharger Boost Control Solenoid Connector End View (Grand Prix & Regal)
        • Supercharger Boost Control Solenoid Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • TPS Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • TPS Connector End View (Grand Prix, Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • TPS Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • TPS Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • VSS Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • VSS Connector End View (Grand Prix, Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • VSS Connector End View (LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Dome Lamp Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp (Left) Connector End View
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp (Right) Connector End View
        • Emergency Vehicle Headlamp Flasher Connector End View C1
        • Emergency Vehicle Headlamp Flasher Connector End View C2
        • Emergency Vehicle Rear Compartment Lid Lamp Connector End View (Left)
        • Emergency Vehicle Rear Compartment Lid Lamp Connector End View (Right)
        • Emergency Vehicle Rear Compartment Lid Lamps Relay Connector End View
        • Emergency Vehicle Rear Lamps Flasher Connector End View C1
        • Emergency Vehicle Rear Lamps Flasher Connector End View C2
        • Emergency Vehicle Rear Window Panel Lamp Connector End View (Left)
        • Emergency Vehicle Rear Window Panel Lamp Connector End View (Right)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Connector End View (Left)
        • Headlamp Connector End View (Right)
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View
        • I/P Compartment Lamp Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End View
        • Spot Lamp Connector End View (Left)
        • Spot Lamp Connector End View (Right)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View C1
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View C2
        • Surveillance Mode Switch Connector End View
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View (Left) (Impala)
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View (Right) (Impala)
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View (Left) (Monte Carlo)
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View (Right) (Monte Carlo)
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View (Left)
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View (Right)
        • Horn Connector End View
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (w/o UE1)
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View
        • Left Cooling Fan Connector End View
        • Right Cooling Fan Connector End View
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor "A" Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor "B" Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • EVAP Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • EGR Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View
        • Idle Air Control Valve Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module Connector End View C1
        • Ignition Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Ignition Control Module Connector End View C3
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Airflow Sensor Connector End View
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (2 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (2 Of 2)
        • Throttle Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP205 Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View (Driver's Seat)
        • SDM Connector End View
        • SIR Coil-to-Driver-Side Air Bag Module Connector End View
        • Lower SIR Coil Assembly Connector End View
        • Passenger-Side Air Bag Stage 1 & Stage 2 Connector End View
        • Front End Discriminating Sensor Connector & Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View
        • Side Impact Air Bag Module Connector End View
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Computer
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
      • Cruise Control
      • Defoggers
      • Engine Performance
        • 3.4L
        • 3.8L
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlocks
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
        • 3.4L
        • 3.8L
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems (General Information)
      • Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Notes
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting With A Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting With A Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing For Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing For Short To Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing For A Short To Voltage
        • Testing For Intermittent & Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Round Wire Connectors
          • Flat Wire (Dock & Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing For Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted Or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing In-Line Harness Diodes
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body & Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push To Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull To Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within An Electrical Center)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached To Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center Or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center Or Junction Block Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center Or Junction Block Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Junction Block Replacement - Accessory Wiring
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools & Equipment
• Accessories & Equipment
  • Accessories Control Systems
    • Garage Door Opener System
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
      • Component Locator
        • Garage Door Opener Component Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Garage Door Opener
        • Symptoms - Garage Door Opener
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Garage Door Opener Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Garage Door Opener Replacement
        • Garage Door Opener Programming - Universal
          • Garage Door Opener Programming
          • Training the GDO for Rolling Code Receivers
          • Erasing Channels
      • Description & Operation
        • Garage Door Opener Description & Operation
      • Special Tools & Equipment
    • Retained Accessory Power System
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Retained Accessory Power
        • Diagnostic System Check - Retained Accessory Power
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1477: RAP Relay Control Circuit Voltage Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1478: Short To Battery In The RAP Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Retained Accessory Power
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
      • Description & Operation
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description & Operation
          • Serial Data Control of Retained Accessory Power RAP)
          • Relay Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
    • Wiring Systems (General Information)
      • Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Notes
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting With A Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting With A Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing For Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing For Short To Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing For A Short To Voltage
        • Testing For Intermittent & Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Round Wire Connectors
          • Flat Wire (Dock & Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing For Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted Or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing In-Line Harness Diodes
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body & Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push To Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull To Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within An Electrical Center)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached To Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center Or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center Or Junction Block Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center Or Junction Block Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Junction Block Replacement - Accessory Wiring
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools & Equipment
  • Anti-Theft Systems
    • Power Door Lock System & Trunk Release
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Power Door Lock System
          • Power Door Lock System Components
          • Power Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock Operation
          • Driver Door Unlock Operation
          • Passenger Door Unlock Operation
          • Lock-Out Prevention
          • Key Cylinder Unlock
          • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock
          • Air Bag Deployment Unlock
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release System
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release System Components
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release Operation
        • Rear Compartment Occupant Sensor System
          • Rear Compartment Occupant Sensor System Components
          • Rear Compartment Occupant Sensor Operation
      • Component Locations
      • Programming
        • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock Modes
          • Notes
          • With Scan Tool
          • Without Scan Tool
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Preliminary Inspection
      • Diagnosing INTERMITTENTS
        • Problem Diagnosis
        • Test Procedures
          • Intermittent Simulation
        • Trouble Shooting INTERMITTENTS
          • Notes
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Notes
        • Body Rear End System Diagnostic System Check
        • Door System Diagnostic System Check
        • Retrieving & Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • DTC B3069: Driver Door Lock Cylinder Switch Signal Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3127, B3132 Or B3137: Door Lock Actuator Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3128, B3133 Or B3138: Door Lock Actuator Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3247: Rear Deck Lid Release Output Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Code Enable Criteria
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3248: Rear Deck Lid Release Output Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Code Enable Criteria
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3272: Driver Door Lock Switch Unlock Signal Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3895: Deck Lid Ajar Switch Signal Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3896: Deck Lid Ajar Switch Signal Circuit Open Or High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3898: Rear Compartment Occupant Sensor Signal Missing
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3904: Rear Compartment Occupant Sensor Signal Invalid
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • System Tests
        • Notes
        • Test A: Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
        • Test B: Power Door Locks Inoperative With Door Switches
        • Test C: Power Door Locks Inoperative With Key
        • Test D: Trunk Release Inoperative
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Door Lock Actuator
        • Door Lock Assembly
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Impala)
          • Removal & Installation (Monte Carlo)
        • Door Lock Cylinder
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Door Lock Switch
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Door Trim Panel
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Impala)
          • Removal & Installation (Monte Carlo)
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Rear Compartment Occupant Sensor
          • Removal & Installation
        • Rear Deck Lid Latch
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
      • Wiring Diagrams
    • Remote Keyless Entry System
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Remote Keyless Entry System
          • Notes
          • Unlock Driver Door Only
          • Unlock All Doors (Second Operation)
          • Lock All Doors
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release
          • Alarm
          • RKE Transmitter Low Battery Warning
          • RKE Personalization
          • Rolling Code
      • Component Locations
      • Programming
        • Personalization Using Gm Tech 2 Scan Tool
          • Enter Programming Mode
          • Delayed Headlight Illumination
          • Automatic Door Lock
          • Remote Visual Verification Mode
          • Remote Audible Verification Mode
          • Content Theft Deterrent
          • Content Theft Deterrent Shock Sensor
          • Content Theft Deterrent Trunk Switch
          • Horn Chirp Mode
          • Lock Control Rear Compartment Lid, Remote Control Electric Release, Ignition Powered (Police Option)
          • Trap Alert System
        • Personalization Not Using Gm Tech 2 Scan Tool
          • Enter Programming Mode
          • Delayed Headlight Illumination
          • Automatic Door Locks
          • Remote Activation Verification
          • Content Theft Deterrent
          • Horn Chirp Timer
          • Exit Programming
        • RKE Transmitter Programming
        • Transmitter Synchronization
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Preliminary Inspection
      • Diagnosing INTERMITTENTS
        • Problem Diagnosis
        • Test Procedures
          • Intermittent Simulation
        • Trouble Shooting INTERMITTENTS
          • Notes
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Notes
        • Remote Keyless Entry System Diagnostic System Check
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Definitions
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • Notes
        • DTC B1003: Programming Mode Active Message Not Received
          • Circuit Description
          • Code Enable Criteria
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3102: Remote Keyless Entry Data Link Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Code Enable Criteria
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
        • Remote Keyless Entry System
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B3103: Remote Keyless Entry Data Link Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Code Enable Criteria
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3106: Remote Keyless Entry Data Link Parity Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
      • System Tests
        • Notes
        • Test A: Alarm Button Inoperative
        • Test B: Remote Keyless Entry System Inoperative
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver
          • Removal (Impala)
          • Installation
          • Removal (Monte Carlo, With Folding Rear Seat)
          • Removal (Monte Carlo, Without Folding Rear Seat)
        • Transmitter Battery
          • Removal & Installation
      • Wiring Diagrams
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • PASSLOCK(tm) ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM
          • Notes
          • SECURITY indicator
        • Content Theft Deterrent System
          • Notes
          • Arming CTD System
          • Locking Vehicle Without Arming CTD System
          • Disarming An Armed System/Silencing An Alarm
          • Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Module (Remote Control Door Lock Receiver)
          • Door Ajar Switches
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Front Door Lock Cylinder Switches
          • Power Door Lock Switches
          • Inputs
          • Outputs
        • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) System
          • Notes
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder and Housing
          • Ignition Switch
          • Passlock(tm) Sensor
          • Body Control Module
          • SECURITY indicator
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • Fuel Lockout Cycle
          • Changing Passlock(tm) Components
        • Adding Or Replacing Keys
      • Component Locations
      • Programming
        • PASSLOCK(tm) SYSTEM
          • Notes
          • With Scan Tool
          • Without Scan Tool
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Service Precautions
        • Preliminary Inspection
      • Diagnosing INTERMITTENTS
        • Problem Diagnosis
        • Test Procedures
          • Intermittent Simulation
        • Trouble Shooting INTERMITTENTS
          • Notes
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Notes
        • Anti-Theft System Diagnostic System Check
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Definitions
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • DTC B2947: PASSLOCK(tm) SENSOR POWER CIRCUIT LOW
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2948: PASSLOCK(tm) SENSOR POWER CIRCUIT HIGH
          • Circuit Description
          • Code Enable Criteria
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2957: PASSLOCK(tm) SENSOR DATA CIRCUIT LOW
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2958: PASSLOCK(tm) SENSOR DATA CIRCUIT HIGH
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2960: PASSLOCK(tm) SENSOR DATA INCORRECT BUT VALID
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3031: Controller In Learn Mode
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3033: System Indicates Tamper
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1626: No Or Incorrect Fuel Enable Signal, With Engine Running
          • Circuit Description
          • Code Enable Criteria
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P1629: No Or Incorrect Fuel Enable Signal, With Engine Cranking
          • Circuit Description
          • Code Enable Criteria
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P1630: Pcm Remains In Password Learn Mode For More Than 2 Seconds
          • Circuit Description
          • Code Enable Criteria
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631: Pcm Detects Incorrect Password, Anti-Theft System Failure Or Attempted Vehicle Theft
          • Circuit Description
          • Code Enable Criteria
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • System Tests
        • Notes
        • Test A: Content Theft Deterrent Alarm Mode Inoperative
        • Test B: Content Theft Deterrent Does Not Disarm With Key Lock
        • Test C: Horn Inoperative In Content Theft Deterrent Alarm Mode
        • Test D: Lights Inoperative In Content Theft Deterrent Alarm Mode
        • Test E: Security Indicator Inoperative
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Door Lock Cylinder
          • Notes
          • Removal (Impala)
          • Installation
          • Removal (Monte Carlo)
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Trim Plate
          • Removal & Installation (Impala)
          • Removal & Installation (Monte Carlo)
      • Wiring Diagrams
        • Notes
        • Impala
        • Monte CARLO
  • Body Interior
    • Body Control System
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
      • Component Locator
        • Body Control Module Component Views
        • Body Control Module Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Body Control System
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1000
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1007
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1009
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1339
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1349
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1440
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Body Control System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Mode Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Control Module References
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Programming/RPO Configuration
          • Introduction
          • Setup New Body Control Module (BCM)
      • Description & Operation
        • Body Control System Description & Operation
          • BCM Functions
          • Simple Power Mode Example
          • Serial Data Power Mode
          • Fail-safe Operation
            • Notes
            • Serial Data Messages
            • Discrete Ignition Signals
  • Communication Devices
    • Body Control Modules
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Body Control Module Functions
        • Serial Data Power Mode
        • Fail-Safe Operation
          • Notes
          • Serial Data Messages
          • Discrete Ignition Signals
        • Data Link Connector
        • Class 2 Serial Data Link
        • Serial Data Control Of Retained Accessory Power
        • Relay Control Of Retained Accessory Power
      • Component Locations
      • Programming
        • Body Control Module Programming/Regular Production Option Configuration
          • Notes
          • Setup New Body Control Module (BCM)
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Programming Replacement Passlock™ Sensor, BCM, or PCM
          • Conditions
          • Learn Procedures
          • 10 Minute Learn Procedure
          • 30 Minute Learn Procedure
        • Compass Calibration
        • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
        • Enabling Air Bag System
        • PASSLOCK™ System
          • Notes
          • With Scan Tool
          • Without Scan Tool
        • Powertrain Control Module
          • Notes
          • Crankshaft Position Sensor Variation Learn Procedure (3.4L)
          • Crankshaft Position Sensor Variation Learn Procedure (3.8L)
          • Electronically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory Programming
          • Vehicle Driveability Computer Relearn Procedure
        • Radio Setup
          • Notes
          • Tuner Calibration
          • Chime Volume Selection
          • Chime Level Selection
        • RKE Transmitter Programming
        • Transmitter Synchronization
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Preliminary Inspection
      • Diagnosing INTERMITTENTS
        • Problem Diagnosis
        • Test Procedures
          • Intermittent Simulation
        • Trouble Shooting INTERMITTENTS
          • Notes
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Notes
        • Body Control Module System Diagnostic System Check
        • Air Bag System Diagnostic System Check
        • Anti-Lock Brake System Diagnostic System Check
        • Anti-Theft System Diagnostic System Check
        • Audible Warnings System Diagnostic System Check
        • Body Rear End System Diagnostic System Check
        • Cellular Communication System Diagnostic System Check
        • Cruise Control System Diagnostic System Check
        • Door System Diagnostic System Check
        • Driver Information Center System Diagnostic System Check
        • Engine Cooling System Diagnostic System Check
        • Engine Electrical System Diagnostic System Check
        • Horns System Diagnostic System Check
        • Instrument Panel Cluster System Diagnostic System Check
        • Lighting System Diagnostic System Check
        • Power Seats System Diagnostic System Check
        • Power Sun Roof System Diagnostic System Check
        • Powertrain Control System Diagnostic System Check
        • Radio/Audio System Diagnostic System Check
        • Rear Window Defogger System Diagnostic System Check
        • Remote Keyless Entry System Diagnostic System Check
        • Retained Accessory Power System Diagnostic System Check
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System Diagnostic System Check
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Definitions
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • Notes
        • DTC B1000: Control Module Malfunction
          • Description
          • Code Enable Criteria
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Testing
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1007: Electronically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory Write Error
          • Description
          • Code Enable Criteria
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Testing
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1009: Checksum Error In Control Module
          • Description
          • Code Enable Criteria
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Testing
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1339: Device Power No. 3 Circuit Open
          • Description
          • Code Enable Criteria
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Testing
        • DTC B1349: Device Ground No. 1 (Chassis Ground No. 1) Circuit Open
          • Description
          • Code Enable Criteria
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The Dtc
          • Testing
        • DTC B1440: Power Mode Master Input Circuit Mismatch
          • Description
          • Code Enable Criteria
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Testing
        • DTC B1477: Retained Accessory Power Circuit Low
          • Description
          • Code Enable Criteria
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Testing
        • DTC B1478: Retained Accessory Power Circuit High
          • Description
          • Code Enable Criteria
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Testing
        • DTC B2964: Key In Ignition Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Testing for B2964
        • DTC U1000 & U1255: Class 2 Communication Malfunction
          • Description
          • Code Enable Criteria
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Testing
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U1001-U1254: Loss Of XXX Communications
          • Description
          • Code Enable Criteria
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Testing
        • DTC U1300: Class 2 Data Link Shorted To Ground
          • Description
          • Code Enable Criteria
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U1301: Class 2 Data Link Shorted To Power
          • Description
          • Code Enable Criteria
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U1305: Class 2 Data Link Shorted To Ground/Power
          • Description
          • Code Enable Criteria
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • System Tests
        • Notes
        • Test A: Retained Accessory Power Inoperative
        • Test B: Retained Accessory Power On After Time-Out
        • Test C: Scan Tool Does Not Communicate With Class 2 Device
          • Testing
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test D: Scan Tool Does Not Power Up
        • Test E: Power Mode Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
      • Removal & Installation
        • Body Control Module
          • Removal & Installation
        • Driver Information Center
          • Removal & Installation (Without Sunroof)
          • Removal & Installation (With Sunroof)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • HVAC Control Module
          • Removal (Impala)
          • Removal (Monte Carlo)
          • Installation (Impala)
          • Installation (Monte Carlo)
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Trim Plate
          • Removal & Installation (Impala)
          • Removal & Installation (Monte Carlo)
        • MULTIFUNCTION Alarm Module
          • Removal & Installation (Impala)
          • Removal & Installation (Monte Carlo)
        • Powertrain Control Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Radio
          • Removal & Installation (Impala)
          • Removal & Installation (Monte Carlo)
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver
          • Removal (Impala)
          • Installation
          • Removal (Monte Carlo, With Folding Rear Seat)
          • Removal (Monte Carlo, Without Folding Rear Seat)
        • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System Sensing & Diagnostic Module
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Vehicle Interface Unit
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Wiring Diagrams
    • Body Control System
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
      • Component Locator
        • Body Control Module Component Views
        • Body Control Module Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Body Control System
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1000
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1007
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1009
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1339
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1349
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1440
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Body Control System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Mode Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Control Module References
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Programming/RPO Configuration
          • Introduction
          • Setup New Body Control Module (BCM)
      • Description & Operation
        • Body Control System Description & Operation
          • BCM Functions
          • Simple Power Mode Example
          • Serial Data Power Mode
          • Fail-safe Operation
            • Notes
            • Serial Data Messages
            • Discrete Ignition Signals
    • Data Link Communication System
      • Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
      • Component Locator
        • Data Link Communications Component Views
        • Data Link Communications Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Data Link Communications
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC U1000 & U1255: Critical Operating Parameter Has Not Been Associated
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1001 to U1254: Module U1XXX Communication
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1300, U1301 OR U1305 (GENERIC SHORT DTC): Class 2 Serial Data Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Scan Tool Does Not Power Up
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate With Class 2 Device
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Data Link Connector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Data Link Communications Description & Operation
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Class 2 Serial Data Link
  • Cruise Control Systems
    • Description
    • Operation
      • Cruise Control Functional Switches
      • Cruise Control Module
      • Cruise Control Release Switch & BRAKELIGHT Switch
      • Powertrain Control Module (Pcm)
      • Vehicle Speed Sensor
    • Component Locations
    • Adjustments
      • Cruise Control Cable
        • 3.1L
        • 3.4L & 3.8L
      • Cruise Control Release Switch & BRAKELIGHT Switch
    • Trouble Shooting
      • Preliminary Inspection
    • Self-Diagnostic System
      • Notes
      • Cruise Control Diagnostic System Check
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code Definitions
      • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Diagnostic Tests
      • DTC P1554: Cruise Control Inhibit Output Circuit
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Code Enable Criteria
        • Conditions For Setting The DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Testing
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P1585: Cruise Control Inhibit Output Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Code Enable Criteria
        • Conditions For Setting The DTC
        • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
        • Conditions For Clearing The MIL/DTC
        • Testing
        • Diagnostic Aids
    • System Tests
      • Notes
      • Test A: Cruise Control Inoperative/Malfunctioning
        • Notes
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Test B: Cruise Control Inoperative/Malfunctioning (Using Tester J42958)
        • Notes
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Test C: Cruise Indicator Inoperative (Century, Impala, Monte CARLO & Regal)
      • Test D: Cruise Control Switch On/Off Indicator Inoperative (Impala & Monte CARLO)
    • Removal & Installation
      • Notes
      • Cruise Control Cable
        • Removal & Installation
      • Cruise Control Functional Switches
      • Cruise Control Module
        • Removal & Installation
      • Cruise Control Release Switch & BRAKELIGHT Switch
        • Removal & Installation
      • Powertrain Control Module
        • Removal & Installation (Except Lumina)
        • Removal & Installation (Lumina)
      • Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Removal & Installation
    • Wiring Diagrams
      • Century
      • Gran PRIX
      • Impala
      • Lumina
      • Monte CARLO
      • Regal
  • Entertainment Systems
    • Cellular Communication System
      • Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
      • Component Locator
        • Cellular Communication Component Views
        • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cellular Communication
        • Diagnostic System Check - Cellular Communication
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2455: Cellular Microphone Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2470: No Cellular Signal Detected
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2476: Keypad Signal Circuit Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2482: Button Is Depressed Or Stuck For More Than 15 Seconds
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2483 Or B2484: No Navigation Signal
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar® One Or More Buttons Inoperative
        • Unable To Contact OnStar® Call Center
          • Test Description
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
        • OnStar® Button LED Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar® Audio
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Coupling Replacement - Antenna Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coupling Replacement - Antenna Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Navigation Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement
          • Removal procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • OnStar® Description & Operation
          • Notes
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • Operation Of Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • Operation Of OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
          • Personal Calling Commands
    • Entertainment System
      • Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment Component Views
        • Entertainment Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Entertainment
        • Diagnostic System Check - Radio/Audio System
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1001
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1025, B1035, B1045 Or B1055
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1780
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Radio Poor Reception
          • Diagnostic System Check-Entertainment System
          • Using a Test Antenna
          • Antenna Ground Test
          • Antenna Coaxial Cable Testing
          • Power Type Antennas
          • Windshield Type Antennas
          • Rear Defogger Antenna System
          • Diversity Antenna System
        • Audio Distortion - One Or More Speakers
        • Tape Player Weak, Slow Or Garbled Output
        • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative
        • Speakers Inoperative - One Or More
          • All Speakers Inoperative
            • Notes
            • With RPO U62
            • With RPO UQ3
          • One Speaker Inoperative
            • Notes
            • With RPO U62
            • With RPO UQ3
          • Speakers - One Channel Inoperative
            • Notes
            • With RPO U62
          • Speakers - Reduced Volume
            • Notes
            • With RPO U62
            • With RPO UQ3
        • Radio Setup
          • Notes
          • Radio Tuner Calibration
          • Radio Chime Volume Selection
          • Radio Chime Level Selection
          • Bass Frequency Response
      • Repair Instructions
        • Radio Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement (Monte Carlo)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement (Impala)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cassette Player Care and Cleaning
        • Antenna Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Extension Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Door (Impala)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Door (Monte Carlo)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear (Impala)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear (Monte Carlo)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Grille Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Radio/Audio System Description & Operation
          • Notes
          • AM/FM Reception
            • Radio Signal
            • AM Reception
            • FM Reception
            • Antenna
            • Audio Amplifier
            • Theft Deterrent
          • Radio Data System (RDS)
            • Notes
            • RDS Basic Information
            • Displaying Program Information
            • Controlling the Radio
            • Viewing and Selecting RDS Program Type Information
            • RDS Program Type Interrupts
            • Using the RDS Traffic Feature
            • Alternate Frequency (AF) Switching
            • RDS Clock Time
          • Steering Wheel Controls
          • Tape/CD Player Error Messages
      • Special Tools & Equipment
  • Exterior Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Diagnostic System Check - Lighting Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1482: Short To Ground Or Open In The Inadvertent Power Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1483: Short To Voltage In The Inadvertent Power Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2532: Short To Ground Or Open In The Fog Lamp Relay Coil Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2533: Short To Battery In The Fog Lamp Relay Coil Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2552: Short To Ground Or Open In The Backup Lamp Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2553: Short To Battery In The Backup Lamp Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2577: Short To Ground Or Open In The Headlamp Relay Coil Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2578: Short To Battery In The Headlamp Coil Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2582: Short To Ground Or Open In The High Beam Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2587: Short To Ground Or Open In The Park Lamp Relay Coil Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2588: Short To Battery In The Park Lamp Relay Coil Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2602: Short To Ground Or Open In The Drl Relay Coil Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2603: Short To Battery In The Drl Relay Coil Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2617: Output For The Courtesy Lamps Supply Voltage Circuit Is Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2618: Courtesy Lamps Supply Voltage Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2647: Short To Ground In The Drl Ambient Light Sensor Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2648: Ambient Light Sensor Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2650: Short To Ground Or Open In The Headlamp High Beam Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2651: Short To Ground Or Open In The Of The Headlamp High Beam Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2654: Courtesy Lamp Low Control Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2655: Short To Battery In The Courtesy Lamp Low Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2665: Short To Battery Or Open In The Park Lamp Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2742: Short To Ground In The Fog Lamp Switch Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
            • Notes
            • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Always On
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low Or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low & High Beams
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Interior & Exterior Lamps Inoperative (SEO)
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Always On
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Spot Lamp Inoperative (SEO)
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Surveillance Mode Switch Inoperative (SEO)
        • Turn Signal Lamps And/Or Indicators Always On Or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps And/Or Indicators Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emergency Vehicle Interior Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emergency Vehicle Headlamp Flasher Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emergency Vehicle Rear Flasher Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Instrument Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • IP Compartment Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement (Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement (Impala W/SEO, RPO 6C7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly Or Headlamp Bulb And/Or Cornering, Sidemarker, Park, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement (Impala)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly Or Headlamp Bulb And/Or Cornering, Sidemarker, Park, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement (Monte Carlo)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming (Impala)
          • Visual Aiming Preparation Procedure
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming (Monte Carlo)
          • Visual Aiming Preparation Procedure
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front (Impala)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement-Front (Monte Carlo)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Backup Lamp Replacement (Monte Carlo)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Backup Lamp Replacement (Impala)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement (Impala)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement (Monte Carlo)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Replacement (Monte Carlo)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Replacement (Impala)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roof Side Rail Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Lid Lamp Replacement - Rear (SEO) (Impala RPO T53)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Lid Lamp Lens & Bulb-Rear (SEO) (Impala RPO T53)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Panel Lamp Replacement - Rear (SEO) (Impala RPO 6J6)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Panel Lamp Lens & Bulb - Rear (SEO) (Impala RPO 6J6)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spot Lamp Replacement (SEO) (Impala RPO 7X6, 7X7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spot Lamp Bulb Replacement (SEO) (Impala RPO 7X6, 7X7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spot Lamp Travel Adjustment (SEO) (Impala RPO 7X6, 7X7)
        • Rear Compartment Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description & Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Lights On Warning
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail & Marker Lamps
          • Remote Keyless Entry Exterior Lamp Illumination
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Turn Signal On
          • Stop Lamps
          • Rear Window Panel Lamps (SEO, RPO 6J6)
          • Rear Compartment Lid Lamps (SEO, RPO T53)
          • Spot Lamps and Front Lamps (SEO, RPO 9C1, 9C6, 7X6 and 7X7)
          • Surveillance Mode Switch (SEO)
          • Backup Lamps
          • Battery Rundown Protection/Inadvertent Power
          • Lighting System Indicator(s)
            • High Beam
            • HIGHBEAM Out
            • Turn Signals
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description & Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Interior Lamps (SEO)
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Auxiliary Dome Lamp (SEO, RPO 6C7)
          • Vanity Lamps
          • IP Compartment Lamp
          • Surveillance Mode Switch (SEO)
          • Rear Compartment Lamp
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
          • Battery Rundown Protection/Inadvertent Power
  • Gauges & Instrument Panels
    • Analog Instrument Panels
      • Description
      • Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster
          • ABS Indicator
          • Air Bag Indicator
          • BRAKE Indicator
          • CHANGE ENGINE OIL Indicator
          • Charge Indicator
          • CRUISE Control Indicator
          • DOOR AJAR Indicator
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicator
          • High Beam Indicator
          • HIGH BEAM OUT Indicator
          • HOT COOLANT TEMP Indicator
          • LOW COOLANT LEVEL Indicator
          • LOW ENG OIL LEVEL Indicator
          • LOW FUEL Indicator
          • LOW OIL PRESSURE Indicator
          • LOW TIRE PRESSURE Indicator
          • LOW WASHER FLUID Indicator
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Indicator
          • SECURITY Indicator
          • Service Traction System Indicator
          • SERVICE VEHICLE SOON Indicator
          • TRAC Off Indicator
          • TRACTION ACTIVE Indicator
          • TRUNK OPEN Indicator
          • Turn Signal Indicators
        • Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • Average Fuel Economy (AVG)
          • Average Speed (AVG SPEED)
          • Compass/Temperature Mode
          • Dimming Control
          • Fuel Used
          • Instantaneous Fuel Economy (INST)
          • Mode Button
          • Reset Button
          • Trip Range (RANGE)
        • Audible Warning Chimes
          • Door Ajar Warning
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key-In-Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Park Brake Warning
          • Turn Signal On
          • Additional Warnings
      • Component Locations
      • Programming
        • Compass Calibration
        • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
        • Radio Setup
          • Notes
          • Tuner Calibration
          • Chime Volume Selection
          • Chime Level Selection
        • Resetting Engine Oil Life System
          • Using Radio Data System (RDS) Equipped Radio
          • Using Accelerator Pedal
        • Resetting Tire Inflation Monitor
          • Notes
          • Using Parking Lights
          • Using Radio Data System (RDS) Equipped Radio
          • Using Scan Tool
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Notes
        • Preliminary Inspection
      • Diagnosing INTERMITTENTS
        • Problem Diagnosis
        • Test Procedures
          • Intermittent Simulation
        • Trouble Shooting INTERMITTENTS
          • Notes
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Notes
        • Audible Warnings System Diagnostic System Check
        • Door System Diagnostic System Check
        • Driver Information Center System Diagnostic System Check
        • Instrument Panel Cluster System Diagnostic System Check
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Diagnostic System Check
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Definitions
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • Notes
        • DTC B0160: Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Circuit Low
          • Description
          • Code Enable Criteria
          • Testing
        • DTC B0162: Temperature Sensor Circuit Open
          • Description
          • Code Enable Criteria
          • Testing
        • DTC B0931: Compass Sensor Circuit Malfunction
          • Description
          • Code Enable Criteria
          • Testing
        • DTC B2823: Trip Odometer Reset Switch Circuit Low
          • Description
          • Code Enable Criteria
          • Testing
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2964: Incorrect Ignition Lock Cylinder Signal Voltage Input
          • Description
          • Code Enable Criteria
          • Testing
        • DTC C1245: Tire Inflation Monitor Circuit Low
          • Description
          • Code Enable Criteria
          • Testing
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0462: Fuel Level Signal Voltage Low
          • Description
          • Code Enable Criteria
          • Testing
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0463: Fuel Level Signal Voltage High
          • Description
          • Code Enable Criteria
          • Testing
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1189: Oil Pressure Switch Signal Voltage Is High
          • Description
          • Code Enable Criteria
          • Testing
      • System Tests
        • Notes
        • Test A: Change Engine Oil Message Always On
        • Test B: Change Engine Oil Message Inoperative
        • Test C: Chime Always On
        • Test D: Chime Inoperative
        • Test E: Coolant Temperature Gauge Inaccurate Or Inoperative
        • Test F: Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Test G: Driver Information Center (DIC) Temperature Display Inaccurate Or Inoperative
        • Test H: Driver Information Center (DIC) Compass Inaccurate Or Cal Is Displayed
        • Test I: Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch Inoperative
        • Test J: Engine Oil Pressure Gage Inaccurate Or Inoperative
        • Test K: Fuel Gauge Inoperative Or Inaccurate
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test L: Low Eng Oil Level Message Is Always On
        • Test M: Low Tire Pressure Indicator Is Always On
        • Test N: Low Tire Pressure Indicator Inoperative
        • Test O: Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
        • Test P: Oil Pressure Indicator Is Always On
        • Test Q: Speedometer Gauge &/Or Odometer Inoperative Or Inaccurate
        • Test R: Tachometer Inoperative Or Inaccurate
        • Test S: Volt Gauge Inaccurate Or Inoperative
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Door Lock
          • Removal (Front Door - Impala)
          • Installation (Front Door - Impala)
          • Removal (Front Door - Monte Carlo)
          • Installation (Front Door - Monte Carlo)
          • Removal (Rear Door - Impala)
          • Installation (Rear Door - Impala)
        • Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • Removal & Installation (Without Sunroof)
          • Removal & Installation (With Sunroof)
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster
          • Removal & Installation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Trim Plate
          • Removal & Installation (Impala)
          • Removal & Installation (Monte Carlo)
        • MULTIFUNCTION Alarm Module
          • Removal & Installation (Impala)
          • Removal & Installation (Monte Carlo)
        • Radio
          • Removal & Installation (Impala)
          • Removal & Installation (Monte Carlo)
      • Wiring Diagrams
        • Impala
        • Monte CARLO
  • Headlights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Diagnostic System Check - Lighting Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1482: Short To Ground Or Open In The Inadvertent Power Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1483: Short To Voltage In The Inadvertent Power Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2532: Short To Ground Or Open In The Fog Lamp Relay Coil Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2533: Short To Battery In The Fog Lamp Relay Coil Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2552: Short To Ground Or Open In The Backup Lamp Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2553: Short To Battery In The Backup Lamp Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2577: Short To Ground Or Open In The Headlamp Relay Coil Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2578: Short To Battery In The Headlamp Coil Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2582: Short To Ground Or Open In The High Beam Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2587: Short To Ground Or Open In The Park Lamp Relay Coil Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2588: Short To Battery In The Park Lamp Relay Coil Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2602: Short To Ground Or Open In The Drl Relay Coil Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2603: Short To Battery In The Drl Relay Coil Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2617: Output For The Courtesy Lamps Supply Voltage Circuit Is Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2618: Courtesy Lamps Supply Voltage Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2647: Short To Ground In The Drl Ambient Light Sensor Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2648: Ambient Light Sensor Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2650: Short To Ground Or Open In The Headlamp High Beam Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2651: Short To Ground Or Open In The Of The Headlamp High Beam Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2654: Courtesy Lamp Low Control Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2655: Short To Battery In The Courtesy Lamp Low Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2665: Short To Battery Or Open In The Park Lamp Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2742: Short To Ground In The Fog Lamp Switch Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
            • Notes
            • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Always On
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low Or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low & High Beams
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Interior & Exterior Lamps Inoperative (SEO)
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Always On
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Spot Lamp Inoperative (SEO)
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Surveillance Mode Switch Inoperative (SEO)
        • Turn Signal Lamps And/Or Indicators Always On Or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps And/Or Indicators Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emergency Vehicle Interior Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emergency Vehicle Headlamp Flasher Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emergency Vehicle Rear Flasher Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Instrument Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • IP Compartment Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement (Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement (Impala W/SEO, RPO 6C7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly Or Headlamp Bulb And/Or Cornering, Sidemarker, Park, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement (Impala)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly Or Headlamp Bulb And/Or Cornering, Sidemarker, Park, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement (Monte Carlo)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming (Impala)
          • Visual Aiming Preparation Procedure
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming (Monte Carlo)
          • Visual Aiming Preparation Procedure
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front (Impala)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement-Front (Monte Carlo)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Backup Lamp Replacement (Monte Carlo)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Backup Lamp Replacement (Impala)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement (Impala)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement (Monte Carlo)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Replacement (Monte Carlo)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Replacement (Impala)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roof Side Rail Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Lid Lamp Replacement - Rear (SEO) (Impala RPO T53)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Lid Lamp Lens & Bulb-Rear (SEO) (Impala RPO T53)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Panel Lamp Replacement - Rear (SEO) (Impala RPO 6J6)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Panel Lamp Lens & Bulb - Rear (SEO) (Impala RPO 6J6)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spot Lamp Replacement (SEO) (Impala RPO 7X6, 7X7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spot Lamp Bulb Replacement (SEO) (Impala RPO 7X6, 7X7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spot Lamp Travel Adjustment (SEO) (Impala RPO 7X6, 7X7)
        • Rear Compartment Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description & Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Lights On Warning
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail & Marker Lamps
          • Remote Keyless Entry Exterior Lamp Illumination
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Turn Signal On
          • Stop Lamps
          • Rear Window Panel Lamps (SEO, RPO 6J6)
          • Rear Compartment Lid Lamps (SEO, RPO T53)
          • Spot Lamps and Front Lamps (SEO, RPO 9C1, 9C6, 7X6 and 7X7)
          • Surveillance Mode Switch (SEO)
          • Backup Lamps
          • Battery Rundown Protection/Inadvertent Power
          • Lighting System Indicator(s)
            • High Beam
            • HIGHBEAM Out
            • Turn Signals
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description & Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Interior Lamps (SEO)
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Auxiliary Dome Lamp (SEO, RPO 6C7)
          • Vanity Lamps
          • IP Compartment Lamp
          • Surveillance Mode Switch (SEO)
          • Rear Compartment Lamp
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
          • Battery Rundown Protection/Inadvertent Power
  • Heated Glass/Defoggers
    • Rear Window Defogger & Mirror Defogger
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Rear Window Defogger System Components
        • Rear Defogger Operation
        • Heated Mirrors Operation
      • Component Locations
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Grid Filament Repair
      • Programming
        • Body Control Module
        • Powertrain Control Module
          • Notes
          • Crankshaft Position Sensor Variation Learn Procedure (3.4L)
          • Crankshaft Position Sensor Variation Learn Procedure (3.8L)
          • Electronically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory Programming
          • Vehicle Driveability Computer Relearn Procedure
        • Theft Deterrent Relearn
          • Notes
          • With Scan Tool
          • Without Scan Tool
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Notes
        • Preliminary Inspection
      • Diagnosing INTERMITTENTS
        • Notes
        • Problem Diagnosis
        • Test Procedures
          • Intermittent Simulation
        • Trouble Shooting INTERMITTENTS
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Defogger System Diagnostic System Check
        • Door System Diagnostic System Check
      • System Tests
        • Notes
        • Test A: Rear Window Defogger Inoperative
        • Test B: Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Component Tests
        • Grid Filament Test
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Body Control Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Heated Mirror Assembly
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Impala)
          • Removal & Installation (Monte Carlo)
        • Heating Ventilation Air Conditioning Control Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Face
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Radio Antenna Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
      • Wiring Diagrams
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night - Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (Monte Carlo)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (Impala)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation Of Stationary Windows
        • Window Polishing
          • Minor Scratch and Abrasion Removal
          • Recommended Equipment
          • Polishing Procedure
        • Grid Line Repair
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Defogger Braided Lead Wire
        • Bus Bar/Antenna Terminal Repair
      • Description & Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description & Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Description & Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Inside Rearview Mirror With Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Switches Of The Inside Rearview Mirror With Automatic Day-Night Feature (W/O UE1)
          • Switches Of The Inside Rearview Mirror With Automatic Day-Night Feature (W/UE1)
      • Special Tools & Equipment
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
      • Component Locator
        • Horns Component Views
        • Horns Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
        • Diagnostic System Check - Horns
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2753
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Always On
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Horns - Poor Tone
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Horn Relay Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Horns System Description & Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
      • Special Tools & Equipment
  • Infotainment
    • Cellular Communication System
      • Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
      • Component Locator
        • Cellular Communication Component Views
        • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cellular Communication
        • Diagnostic System Check - Cellular Communication
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2455: Cellular Microphone Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2470: No Cellular Signal Detected
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2476: Keypad Signal Circuit Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2482: Button Is Depressed Or Stuck For More Than 15 Seconds
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2483 Or B2484: No Navigation Signal
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar® One Or More Buttons Inoperative
        • Unable To Contact OnStar® Call Center
          • Test Description
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
        • OnStar® Button LED Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar® Audio
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Coupling Replacement - Antenna Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coupling Replacement - Antenna Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Navigation Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement
          • Removal procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • OnStar® Description & Operation
          • Notes
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • Operation Of Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • Operation Of OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
          • Personal Calling Commands
    • Entertainment System
      • Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment Component Views
        • Entertainment Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Entertainment
        • Diagnostic System Check - Radio/Audio System
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1001
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1025, B1035, B1045 Or B1055
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1780
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Radio Poor Reception
          • Diagnostic System Check-Entertainment System
          • Using a Test Antenna
          • Antenna Ground Test
          • Antenna Coaxial Cable Testing
          • Power Type Antennas
          • Windshield Type Antennas
          • Rear Defogger Antenna System
          • Diversity Antenna System
        • Audio Distortion - One Or More Speakers
        • Tape Player Weak, Slow Or Garbled Output
        • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative
        • Speakers Inoperative - One Or More
          • All Speakers Inoperative
            • Notes
            • With RPO U62
            • With RPO UQ3
          • One Speaker Inoperative
            • Notes
            • With RPO U62
            • With RPO UQ3
          • Speakers - One Channel Inoperative
            • Notes
            • With RPO U62
          • Speakers - Reduced Volume
            • Notes
            • With RPO U62
            • With RPO UQ3
        • Radio Setup
          • Notes
          • Radio Tuner Calibration
          • Radio Chime Volume Selection
          • Radio Chime Level Selection
          • Bass Frequency Response
      • Repair Instructions
        • Radio Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement (Monte Carlo)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement (Impala)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cassette Player Care and Cleaning
        • Antenna Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Extension Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Door (Impala)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Door (Monte Carlo)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear (Impala)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear (Monte Carlo)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Grille Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Radio/Audio System Description & Operation
          • Notes
          • AM/FM Reception
            • Radio Signal
            • AM Reception
            • FM Reception
            • Antenna
            • Audio Amplifier
            • Theft Deterrent
          • Radio Data System (RDS)
            • Notes
            • RDS Basic Information
            • Displaying Program Information
            • Controlling the Radio
            • Viewing and Selecting RDS Program Type Information
            • RDS Program Type Interrupts
            • Using the RDS Traffic Feature
            • Alternate Frequency (AF) Switching
            • RDS Clock Time
          • Steering Wheel Controls
          • Tape/CD Player Error Messages
      • Special Tools & Equipment
  • Interior/Exterior Trim
    • Specifications
    • Repair Instructions
      • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Quarter Panel (Monte Carlo)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Quarter Panel (Impala)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Door
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid (Impala)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid (Monte Carlo)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Emblem Replacement - Front Bumper Fascia
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Molding Replacement - Body Side
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel (Impala)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel (Monte Carlo)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Molding Replacement - Roof Weld Joint Reveal
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Decal & Stripe Replacement
        • Stripes or Decals
        • Stripe or Decal Removal
        • Stripe or Decal Installation - Wet Method
    • Special Tools & Equipment
  • Interior/Illumination Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Diagnostic System Check - Lighting Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1482: Short To Ground Or Open In The Inadvertent Power Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1483: Short To Voltage In The Inadvertent Power Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2532: Short To Ground Or Open In The Fog Lamp Relay Coil Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2533: Short To Battery In The Fog Lamp Relay Coil Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2552: Short To Ground Or Open In The Backup Lamp Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2553: Short To Battery In The Backup Lamp Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2577: Short To Ground Or Open In The Headlamp Relay Coil Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2578: Short To Battery In The Headlamp Coil Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2582: Short To Ground Or Open In The High Beam Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2587: Short To Ground Or Open In The Park Lamp Relay Coil Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2588: Short To Battery In The Park Lamp Relay Coil Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2602: Short To Ground Or Open In The Drl Relay Coil Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2603: Short To Battery In The Drl Relay Coil Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2617: Output For The Courtesy Lamps Supply Voltage Circuit Is Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2618: Courtesy Lamps Supply Voltage Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2647: Short To Ground In The Drl Ambient Light Sensor Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2648: Ambient Light Sensor Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2650: Short To Ground Or Open In The Headlamp High Beam Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2651: Short To Ground Or Open In The Of The Headlamp High Beam Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2654: Courtesy Lamp Low Control Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2655: Short To Battery In The Courtesy Lamp Low Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2665: Short To Battery Or Open In The Park Lamp Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2742: Short To Ground In The Fog Lamp Switch Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
            • Notes
            • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Always On
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low Or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low & High Beams
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Interior & Exterior Lamps Inoperative (SEO)
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Always On
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Spot Lamp Inoperative (SEO)
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Surveillance Mode Switch Inoperative (SEO)
        • Turn Signal Lamps And/Or Indicators Always On Or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps And/Or Indicators Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emergency Vehicle Interior Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emergency Vehicle Headlamp Flasher Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emergency Vehicle Rear Flasher Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Instrument Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • IP Compartment Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement (Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement (Impala W/SEO, RPO 6C7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly Or Headlamp Bulb And/Or Cornering, Sidemarker, Park, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement (Impala)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly Or Headlamp Bulb And/Or Cornering, Sidemarker, Park, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement (Monte Carlo)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming (Impala)
          • Visual Aiming Preparation Procedure
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming (Monte Carlo)
          • Visual Aiming Preparation Procedure
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front (Impala)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement-Front (Monte Carlo)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Backup Lamp Replacement (Monte Carlo)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Backup Lamp Replacement (Impala)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement (Impala)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement (Monte Carlo)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Replacement (Monte Carlo)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Replacement (Impala)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roof Side Rail Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Lid Lamp Replacement - Rear (SEO) (Impala RPO T53)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Lid Lamp Lens & Bulb-Rear (SEO) (Impala RPO T53)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Panel Lamp Replacement - Rear (SEO) (Impala RPO 6J6)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Panel Lamp Lens & Bulb - Rear (SEO) (Impala RPO 6J6)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spot Lamp Replacement (SEO) (Impala RPO 7X6, 7X7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spot Lamp Bulb Replacement (SEO) (Impala RPO 7X6, 7X7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spot Lamp Travel Adjustment (SEO) (Impala RPO 7X6, 7X7)
        • Rear Compartment Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description & Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Lights On Warning
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail & Marker Lamps
          • Remote Keyless Entry Exterior Lamp Illumination
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Turn Signal On
          • Stop Lamps
          • Rear Window Panel Lamps (SEO, RPO 6J6)
          • Rear Compartment Lid Lamps (SEO, RPO T53)
          • Spot Lamps and Front Lamps (SEO, RPO 9C1, 9C6, 7X6 and 7X7)
          • Surveillance Mode Switch (SEO)
          • Backup Lamps
          • Battery Rundown Protection/Inadvertent Power
          • Lighting System Indicator(s)
            • High Beam
            • HIGHBEAM Out
            • Turn Signals
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description & Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Interior Lamps (SEO)
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Auxiliary Dome Lamp (SEO, RPO 6C7)
          • Vanity Lamps
          • IP Compartment Lamp
          • Surveillance Mode Switch (SEO)
          • Rear Compartment Lamp
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
          • Battery Rundown Protection/Inadvertent Power
  • Memory Modules
    • Personalization System
      • Description & Operation
        • Personalization Description & Operation
        • Vehicle Personalization
          • Programming Features
            • Enter Programming Mode
            • Delayed Headlamp Illumination
            • Automatic Door Locks
            • Remote Activation Verification
            • Content Theft Deterrent
            • Horn Chirp Timer
            • Exit Programming
          • Programming Features with the Tech 2
            • Notes
            • Delayed Headlamp Illumination
            • Automatic Door Lock
            • Remote Visual Verification Mode
            • Remote Audible Verification Mode
            • Content Theft Deterrent
            • CTD Shock Sensor
            • CTD Trunk Switch
            • Horn Chirp Mode
            • Police Option (RPO A98)
            • Trap Alert System
            • Additional Information
  • Mirrors
    • Auto Dimming Mirror
      • Description
      • Operation
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Automatic Day/Night Mirror System Check
      • Diagnosing INTERMITTENTS
        • Wiring Harness & Electrical Connectors
        • Control Module, & Component Power & Grounds
        • Temperature Sensitivity
        • Electromagnetic Interference & Electrical Noise
      • System Tests
        • Notes
        • Inside Automatic Day/Night Mirror Inoperative
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Removal & Installation
        • Driver's Side Outside Rearview Mirror
          • Removal & Installation
      • Wiring Diagrams
        • Impala
        • Monte CARLO
    • Power Mirror System
      • Description & Operation
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Preliminary Inspection
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Door System Diagnostic Systems Check
      • System Tests
        • Notes
        • Test A: Power Mirrors Inoperative
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Power Mirror Assembly
          • Removal & Installation (Impala)
          • Removal & Installation (Monte Carlo)
        • Power Mirror Face/Glass
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Power Mirror Motor Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Power Mirror Switch
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Impala)
          • Removal & Installation (Monte Carlo)
      • Wiring Diagrams
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night - Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (Monte Carlo)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (Impala)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation Of Stationary Windows
        • Window Polishing
          • Minor Scratch and Abrasion Removal
          • Recommended Equipment
          • Polishing Procedure
        • Grid Line Repair
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Defogger Braided Lead Wire
        • Bus Bar/Antenna Terminal Repair
      • Description & Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description & Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Description & Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Inside Rearview Mirror With Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Switches Of The Inside Rearview Mirror With Automatic Day-Night Feature (W/O UE1)
          • Switches Of The Inside Rearview Mirror With Automatic Day-Night Feature (W/UE1)
      • Special Tools & Equipment
  • Seats
    • Power Seat System
      • Description
      • Operation
        • Six-Way Power Seats
      • Component Locations
      • Adjustments
        • Seat Mounts
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Preliminary Inspection
      • Diagnosing INTERMITTENTS
        • Wiring Harness & Electrical Connectors
        • Control Module, & Component Power & Grounds
        • Temperature Sensitivity
        • Electromagnetic Interference & Electrical Noise
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Power Seats System Diagnostic System Check
      • System Tests
        • Notes
        • Test A: Power Seat Inoperative
        • Test B: Heated Seat Always On
        • Test C: Heated Seat Inoperative
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Drive Cables
        • Power Seat Adjuster Motor(S)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Power Seat
          • Removal & Installation (Split Bench Seat)
          • Removal & Installation (Bucket Seat)
        • Power Seat Adjuster Assembly
          • Removal & Installation
        • Heated Seat Cover
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Seat Back)
          • Removal & Installation (Seat Cushion)
        • Heated Seat Control Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Heated Seat Switch
          • Removal & Installation (Impala)
          • Removal & Installation (Monte Carlo)
        • Power Seat Switch
          • Removal & Installation
        • Seat Cushion
          • Removal & Installation
      • Torque Specifications
      • Wiring Diagrams
        • Notes
        • Unheated Seats (Impala & Monte CARLO)
        • Heated Seats (Impala)
        • Heated Seats (Monte CARLO)
  • Steering Column Switches
    • Steering Column Switches
      • Description & Operation
      • Component Locations
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Preliminary Inspection
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Notes
        • Diagnostic System Check
        • Retrieving Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • DTC B2753: Horn Relay Coil Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • System Tests
        • Notes
        • Test A: Horns Always On
          • Steering Column Switches
        • Test B: Horns Inoperative
          • Steering Column Switches
        • Test C: One Horn Inoperative
        • Test D: Poor Horn Tone
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Steering Column
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Steering Wheel
          • Removal & Installation
        • Turn Signal & MULTIFUNCTION Switch Assembly
          • Removal & Installation
        • Wiper/Washer Switch
      • Torque Specifications
      • Wiring Diagrams
    • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Column Shift)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Floor Shift)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Steering Column
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel & Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Noise In Steering Column
        • High Shift Effort
        • Looseness In Steering Column
        • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection - Off Vehicle
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Linear Shift Assembly Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Cancel Cam & Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Spring Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction Turn Signal Lever Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Lever Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Lever Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement (Impala)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement (Monte Carlo)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seal Replacement - Intermediate Steering Shaft
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Spring Replacement - Steering Column
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Trim Covers - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
        • Steering Column Trim Covers - Assemble - Off Vehicle
        • Shift Lever - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
        • Shift Lever - Assemble - Off Vehicle
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil - Assemble - Off Vehicle
        • Turn Signal & Multifunction Switch Assembly - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
        • Turn Signal & Multifunction Switch Assembly - Assemble - Off Vehicle
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control - Assemble - Off Vehicle
        • Linear Shift Assembly - Disassemble - Off - Vehicle
        • Linear Shift Assembly - Assemble - Off Vehicle
        • Tilt Spring - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
        • Tilt Spring - Assemble - Off Vehicle
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing - Off Vehicle
        • Turn Signal Switch Housing - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
        • Turn Signal Switch Housing - Assemble - Off Vehicle
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing & Jacket - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing & Jacket - Assemble - Off Vehicle
        • Inflatable Restraint Coil Centering - Off Vehicle (Column Shift & Floor Shift)
      • Description & Operation
        • Steering Wheel & Column Description & Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Vehicle Security - Some Vehicle Models
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
      • Special Tools & Equipment
  • Warning Systems
    • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Tire Pressure Monitoring
        • Diagnostic System Check - Tire Pressure Monitoring
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC C1245: Low Tire Pressure Detected
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Reset Procedure
          • Notes
          • Using the Exterior Lamp Switch
          • Using the RDS radio, if equipped
          • Using the Scan Tool
      • Description & Operation
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Description & Operation
  • Window Motors & Regulators
    • Power Window System
      • Description & Operation
        • Power Window System
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Driver Window Operation
          • Express Down Feature
          • Lock-Out Switch Feature
          • Passenger Windows Operation
      • Component Locations
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Preliminary Inspection
      • Diagnosing INTERMITTENTS
        • Problem Diagnosis
        • Test Procedures
          • Intermittent Simulation
        • Trouble Shooting INTERMITTENTS
          • Notes
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Door System Diagnostic System Check
      • System Tests
        • Notes
        • Test A: All Power Windows Inoperative
        • Test B: Express Down Feature Inoperative
        • Test C: Left Front Power Window Inoperative
        • Test D: Lock-Out Function Inoperative
        • Test E: Passenger Power Window Inoperative
      • Removal & Installation
        • Door Trim Panel
          • Removal & Installation (Impala)
          • Removal & Installation (Monte Carlo)
        • Window Motor
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Impala)
          • Removal & Installation (Monte Carlo)
        • Window Switch
          • Removal & Installation (Impala)
          • Removal & Installation (Monte Carlo)
      • Wiring Diagrams
        • Impala
        • Monte CARLO
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night - Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (Monte Carlo)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (Impala)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation Of Stationary Windows
        • Window Polishing
          • Minor Scratch and Abrasion Removal
          • Recommended Equipment
          • Polishing Procedure
        • Grid Line Repair
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Defogger Braided Lead Wire
        • Bus Bar/Antenna Terminal Repair
      • Description & Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description & Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Description & Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Inside Rearview Mirror With Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Switches Of The Inside Rearview Mirror With Automatic Day-Night Feature (W/O UE1)
          • Switches Of The Inside Rearview Mirror With Automatic Day-Night Feature (W/UE1)
      • Special Tools & Equipment
  • Wiper/Washer Systems
    • Wiper System And Washer System
      • Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
      • Component Locator
        • Wiper/Washer System Component Views
        • Wiper/Washer System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wiper/Washer Systems
        • Symptoms - Wiper/Washer Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Washer Fluid Indicator Malfunction
        • Washers Always On
        • Washers Inoperative
        • Wipers Always On
        • Wipers Inoperative - All Modes
        • Wipers Inoperative - One Or More Modes
          • Test Description
        • Wiper Arm Tip Pressure Check
          • Wiper Arm Pressure Check
        • Wiper Blade Element Check
      • Repair Instructions
        • Washer Solvent Container Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Solvent Container Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Solvent Container Filler Neck Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hose Replacement - Windshield Washer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Blade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Blade Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Transmission Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Crank Arm Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Water Deflector Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Drive System Module Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Chatter Repair
        • Windshield Glass Cleaning
        • Blade Element Cleaning
      • Description & Operation
        • Wiper/Washer System Description & Operation
          • Wiper/Washer System Components
          • Wiper/Washer System Operation
          • Low Washer Fluid Indicator
      • Special Tools & Equipment
• Body & Frame
  • Body, Cab Control Systems
    • Body Control System
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
      • Component Locator
        • Body Control Module Component Views
        • Body Control Module Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Body Control System
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1000
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1007
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1009
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1339
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1349
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1440
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Body Control System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Mode Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Control Module References
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Programming/RPO Configuration
          • Introduction
          • Setup New Body Control Module (BCM)
      • Description & Operation
        • Body Control System Description & Operation
          • BCM Functions
          • Simple Power Mode Example
          • Serial Data Power Mode
          • Fail-safe Operation
            • Notes
            • Serial Data Messages
            • Discrete Ignition Signals
  • Door Locks
    • Power Door Lock System & Trunk Release
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Power Door Lock System
          • Power Door Lock System Components
          • Power Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock Operation
          • Driver Door Unlock Operation
          • Passenger Door Unlock Operation
          • Lock-Out Prevention
          • Key Cylinder Unlock
          • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock
          • Air Bag Deployment Unlock
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release System
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release System Components
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release Operation
        • Rear Compartment Occupant Sensor System
          • Rear Compartment Occupant Sensor System Components
          • Rear Compartment Occupant Sensor Operation
      • Component Locations
      • Programming
        • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock Modes
          • Notes
          • With Scan Tool
          • Without Scan Tool
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Preliminary Inspection
      • Diagnosing INTERMITTENTS
        • Problem Diagnosis
        • Test Procedures
          • Intermittent Simulation
        • Trouble Shooting INTERMITTENTS
          • Notes
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Notes
        • Body Rear End System Diagnostic System Check
        • Door System Diagnostic System Check
        • Retrieving & Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • DTC B3069: Driver Door Lock Cylinder Switch Signal Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3127, B3132 Or B3137: Door Lock Actuator Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3128, B3133 Or B3138: Door Lock Actuator Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3247: Rear Deck Lid Release Output Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Code Enable Criteria
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3248: Rear Deck Lid Release Output Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Code Enable Criteria
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3272: Driver Door Lock Switch Unlock Signal Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3895: Deck Lid Ajar Switch Signal Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3896: Deck Lid Ajar Switch Signal Circuit Open Or High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3898: Rear Compartment Occupant Sensor Signal Missing
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3904: Rear Compartment Occupant Sensor Signal Invalid
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • System Tests
        • Notes
        • Test A: Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
        • Test B: Power Door Locks Inoperative With Door Switches
        • Test C: Power Door Locks Inoperative With Key
        • Test D: Trunk Release Inoperative
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Door Lock Actuator
        • Door Lock Assembly
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Impala)
          • Removal & Installation (Monte Carlo)
        • Door Lock Cylinder
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Door Lock Switch
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Door Trim Panel
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Impala)
          • Removal & Installation (Monte Carlo)
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Rear Compartment Occupant Sensor
          • Removal & Installation
        • Rear Deck Lid Latch
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
      • Wiring Diagrams
    • Remote Keyless Entry System
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Remote Keyless Entry System
          • Notes
          • Unlock Driver Door Only
          • Unlock All Doors (Second Operation)
          • Lock All Doors
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release
          • Alarm
          • RKE Transmitter Low Battery Warning
          • RKE Personalization
          • Rolling Code
      • Component Locations
      • Programming
        • Personalization Using Gm Tech 2 Scan Tool
          • Enter Programming Mode
          • Delayed Headlight Illumination
          • Automatic Door Lock
          • Remote Visual Verification Mode
          • Remote Audible Verification Mode
          • Content Theft Deterrent
          • Content Theft Deterrent Shock Sensor
          • Content Theft Deterrent Trunk Switch
          • Horn Chirp Mode
          • Lock Control Rear Compartment Lid, Remote Control Electric Release, Ignition Powered (Police Option)
          • Trap Alert System
        • Personalization Not Using Gm Tech 2 Scan Tool
          • Enter Programming Mode
          • Delayed Headlight Illumination
          • Automatic Door Locks
          • Remote Activation Verification
          • Content Theft Deterrent
          • Horn Chirp Timer
          • Exit Programming
        • RKE Transmitter Programming
        • Transmitter Synchronization
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Preliminary Inspection
      • Diagnosing INTERMITTENTS
        • Problem Diagnosis
        • Test Procedures
          • Intermittent Simulation
        • Trouble Shooting INTERMITTENTS
          • Notes
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Notes
        • Remote Keyless Entry System Diagnostic System Check
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Definitions
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • Notes
        • DTC B1003: Programming Mode Active Message Not Received
          • Circuit Description
          • Code Enable Criteria
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3102: Remote Keyless Entry Data Link Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Code Enable Criteria
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
        • Remote Keyless Entry System
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B3103: Remote Keyless Entry Data Link Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Code Enable Criteria
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3106: Remote Keyless Entry Data Link Parity Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
      • System Tests
        • Notes
        • Test A: Alarm Button Inoperative
        • Test B: Remote Keyless Entry System Inoperative
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver
          • Removal (Impala)
          • Installation
          • Removal (Monte Carlo, With Folding Rear Seat)
          • Removal (Monte Carlo, Without Folding Rear Seat)
        • Transmitter Battery
          • Removal & Installation
      • Wiring Diagrams
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • PASSLOCK(tm) ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM
          • Notes
          • SECURITY indicator
        • Content Theft Deterrent System
          • Notes
          • Arming CTD System
          • Locking Vehicle Without Arming CTD System
          • Disarming An Armed System/Silencing An Alarm
          • Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Module (Remote Control Door Lock Receiver)
          • Door Ajar Switches
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Front Door Lock Cylinder Switches
          • Power Door Lock Switches
          • Inputs
          • Outputs
        • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) System
          • Notes
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder and Housing
          • Ignition Switch
          • Passlock(tm) Sensor
          • Body Control Module
          • SECURITY indicator
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • Fuel Lockout Cycle
          • Changing Passlock(tm) Components
        • Adding Or Replacing Keys
      • Component Locations
      • Programming
        • PASSLOCK(tm) SYSTEM
          • Notes
          • With Scan Tool
          • Without Scan Tool
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Service Precautions
        • Preliminary Inspection
      • Diagnosing INTERMITTENTS
        • Problem Diagnosis
        • Test Procedures
          • Intermittent Simulation
        • Trouble Shooting INTERMITTENTS
          • Notes
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Notes
        • Anti-Theft System Diagnostic System Check
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Definitions
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • DTC B2947: PASSLOCK(tm) SENSOR POWER CIRCUIT LOW
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2948: PASSLOCK(tm) SENSOR POWER CIRCUIT HIGH
          • Circuit Description
          • Code Enable Criteria
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2957: PASSLOCK(tm) SENSOR DATA CIRCUIT LOW
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2958: PASSLOCK(tm) SENSOR DATA CIRCUIT HIGH
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2960: PASSLOCK(tm) SENSOR DATA INCORRECT BUT VALID
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3031: Controller In Learn Mode
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3033: System Indicates Tamper
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1626: No Or Incorrect Fuel Enable Signal, With Engine Running
          • Circuit Description
          • Code Enable Criteria
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P1629: No Or Incorrect Fuel Enable Signal, With Engine Cranking
          • Circuit Description
          • Code Enable Criteria
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P1630: Pcm Remains In Password Learn Mode For More Than 2 Seconds
          • Circuit Description
          • Code Enable Criteria
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631: Pcm Detects Incorrect Password, Anti-Theft System Failure Or Attempted Vehicle Theft
          • Circuit Description
          • Code Enable Criteria
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • System Tests
        • Notes
        • Test A: Content Theft Deterrent Alarm Mode Inoperative
        • Test B: Content Theft Deterrent Does Not Disarm With Key Lock
        • Test C: Horn Inoperative In Content Theft Deterrent Alarm Mode
        • Test D: Lights Inoperative In Content Theft Deterrent Alarm Mode
        • Test E: Security Indicator Inoperative
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Door Lock Cylinder
          • Notes
          • Removal (Impala)
          • Installation
          • Removal (Monte Carlo)
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Trim Plate
          • Removal & Installation (Impala)
          • Removal & Installation (Monte Carlo)
      • Wiring Diagrams
        • Notes
        • Impala
        • Monte CARLO
  • Exterior/Interior Trim
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Quarter Panel (Monte Carlo)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Quarter Panel (Impala)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid (Impala)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid (Monte Carlo)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem Replacement - Front Bumper Fascia
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Body Side
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel (Impala)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel (Monte Carlo)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Roof Weld Joint Reveal
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Decal & Stripe Replacement
          • Stripes or Decals
          • Stripe or Decal Removal
          • Stripe or Decal Installation - Wet Method
      • Special Tools & Equipment
  • Mirrors
    • Auto Dimming Mirror
      • Description
      • Operation
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Automatic Day/Night Mirror System Check
      • Diagnosing INTERMITTENTS
        • Wiring Harness & Electrical Connectors
        • Control Module, & Component Power & Grounds
        • Temperature Sensitivity
        • Electromagnetic Interference & Electrical Noise
      • System Tests
        • Notes
        • Inside Automatic Day/Night Mirror Inoperative
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Removal & Installation
        • Driver's Side Outside Rearview Mirror
          • Removal & Installation
      • Wiring Diagrams
        • Impala
        • Monte CARLO
    • Power Mirror System
      • Description & Operation
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Preliminary Inspection
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Door System Diagnostic Systems Check
      • System Tests
        • Notes
        • Test A: Power Mirrors Inoperative
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Power Mirror Assembly
          • Removal & Installation (Impala)
          • Removal & Installation (Monte Carlo)
        • Power Mirror Face/Glass
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Power Mirror Motor Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Power Mirror Switch
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Impala)
          • Removal & Installation (Monte Carlo)
      • Wiring Diagrams
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night - Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (Monte Carlo)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (Impala)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation Of Stationary Windows
        • Window Polishing
          • Minor Scratch and Abrasion Removal
          • Recommended Equipment
          • Polishing Procedure
        • Grid Line Repair
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Defogger Braided Lead Wire
        • Bus Bar/Antenna Terminal Repair
      • Description & Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description & Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Description & Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Inside Rearview Mirror With Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Switches Of The Inside Rearview Mirror With Automatic Day-Night Feature (W/O UE1)
          • Switches Of The Inside Rearview Mirror With Automatic Day-Night Feature (W/UE1)
      • Special Tools & Equipment
  • Seats
    • Power Seat System
      • Description
      • Operation
        • Six-Way Power Seats
      • Component Locations
      • Adjustments
        • Seat Mounts
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Preliminary Inspection
      • Diagnosing INTERMITTENTS
        • Wiring Harness & Electrical Connectors
        • Control Module, & Component Power & Grounds
        • Temperature Sensitivity
        • Electromagnetic Interference & Electrical Noise
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Power Seats System Diagnostic System Check
      • System Tests
        • Notes
        • Test A: Power Seat Inoperative
        • Test B: Heated Seat Always On
        • Test C: Heated Seat Inoperative
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Drive Cables
        • Power Seat Adjuster Motor(S)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Power Seat
          • Removal & Installation (Split Bench Seat)
          • Removal & Installation (Bucket Seat)
        • Power Seat Adjuster Assembly
          • Removal & Installation
        • Heated Seat Cover
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Seat Back)
          • Removal & Installation (Seat Cushion)
        • Heated Seat Control Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Heated Seat Switch
          • Removal & Installation (Impala)
          • Removal & Installation (Monte Carlo)
        • Power Seat Switch
          • Removal & Installation
        • Seat Cushion
          • Removal & Installation
      • Torque Specifications
      • Wiring Diagrams
        • Notes
        • Unheated Seats (Impala & Monte CARLO)
        • Heated Seats (Impala)
        • Heated Seats (Monte CARLO)
  • Sun Roof/T-Top/Convertible Top
    • Power Sun Roofs
      • Description & Operation
      • Component Locations
      • Servicing
        • Drain Hoses
      • Adjustments
        • Window Vertical Height Adjustment
        • TRAC & Motor Synchronization
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Preliminary Inspection
      • Diagnosing INTERMITTENTS
        • Wiring Harness & Electrical Connectors
        • Control Module, & Component Power & Grounds
        • Temperature Sensitivity
        • Electromagnetic Interference & Electrical Noise
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Power Sun Roof System Diagnostic System Check
      • System Tests
        • Notes
        • Test A: Power Sun Roof Inoperative
        • Test B: Power Sun Roof Does Not Close From Vent Position
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test C: Power Sun Roof Does Not Express Open
      • Removal & Installation
        • Headliner
          • Removal & Installation
        • Power Sun Roof Actuator (Motor)
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Power Sun Roof Assembly
          • Removal & Assembly
        • Power Sun Roof Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Power Sun Roof Switch
          • Removal & Installation (With Overhead Console)
          • Removal & Installation (Without Overhead Console)
        • Power Sun Roof Drain Hose
          • Removal & Installation (Front)
          • Removal & Installation (Rear)
        • Sunshade
          • Removal & Installation (1-Piece)
          • Removal & Installation (2-Piece)
        • Window Panel
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
      • Wiring Diagrams
  • Windows
    • Power Window System
      • Description & Operation
        • Power Window System
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Driver Window Operation
          • Express Down Feature
          • Lock-Out Switch Feature
          • Passenger Windows Operation
      • Component Locations
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Preliminary Inspection
      • Diagnosing INTERMITTENTS
        • Problem Diagnosis
        • Test Procedures
          • Intermittent Simulation
        • Trouble Shooting INTERMITTENTS
          • Notes
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Door System Diagnostic System Check
      • System Tests
        • Notes
        • Test A: All Power Windows Inoperative
        • Test B: Express Down Feature Inoperative
        • Test C: Left Front Power Window Inoperative
        • Test D: Lock-Out Function Inoperative
        • Test E: Passenger Power Window Inoperative
      • Removal & Installation
        • Door Trim Panel
          • Removal & Installation (Impala)
          • Removal & Installation (Monte Carlo)
        • Window Motor
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Impala)
          • Removal & Installation (Monte Carlo)
        • Window Switch
          • Removal & Installation (Impala)
          • Removal & Installation (Monte Carlo)
      • Wiring Diagrams
        • Impala
        • Monte CARLO
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night - Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (Monte Carlo)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (Impala)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation Of Stationary Windows
        • Window Polishing
          • Minor Scratch and Abrasion Removal
          • Recommended Equipment
          • Polishing Procedure
        • Grid Line Repair
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Defogger Braided Lead Wire
        • Bus Bar/Antenna Terminal Repair
      • Description & Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description & Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Description & Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Inside Rearview Mirror With Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Switches Of The Inside Rearview Mirror With Automatic Day-Night Feature (W/O UE1)
          • Switches Of The Inside Rearview Mirror With Automatic Day-Night Feature (W/UE1)
      • Special Tools & Equipment
• Brakes
  • Anti-Lock Brakes
    • Anti-Lock Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
      • Component Locator
        • ABS Component Views
        • ABS Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Anti-Lock Brake System
        • Diagnostic System Check - ABS
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • Enhanced Diagnostics
          • History Data
          • Diagnostic Strategy
        • DTC B2747: Traction Control Switch Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1214: System Relay Contact Or Coil Circuit Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Criteria 1
            • Criteria 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1216: Electronic Brake Control Relay Coil Circuit Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C1217: BPMV Pump Motor Relay Contacts Circuit Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1218: Pump Motor Circuit Shorted To Voltage Or Motor Ground Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1221: LF Wheel Speed Sensor Input Signal Is 0; C1222: RF Wheel Speed Sensor Input Signal Is 0; C1223: LR Wheel Speed Sensor Input Signal Is 0; C1224: RR Wheel Speed Sensor Input Signal Is 0; C1225: LF Excessive Wheel Speed Variation; C1226: RF Excessive Wheel Speed Variation; C1227: LR Excessive Wheel Speed Variation; C1228: RR Excessive Wheel Speed Variation; C1232: LF Wheel Speed Circuit Open Or Shorted; C1233: RF Wheel Speed Circuit Open Or Shorted; C1234: LR Wheel Speed Circuit Open Or Shorted; C1235: RR Wheel Speed Circuit Open Or Shorted
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C1221 through C1228
            • C1232 through C1235
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C1221 through C1224
            • C1225 through C1228
            • C1232 through C1235
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • C1221 through C1224
            • C1225 through C1228
            • C1232 through C1235
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1236: Low System Supply Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1237: High System Supply Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1238: Brake Thermal Model Exceeded
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1242: Pump Motor Circuit Open; C1243: BPMV Pump Motor Stalled
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C1242
            • C1243
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C1242
            • C1243
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1248: EBCM Turned The Red Brake Warning Indicator On
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1254: Abnormal Shutdown Detected
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1255: EBCM Internal Malfunction; C1256: EBCM Internal Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • C1255
            • C1256
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1261: LF Inlet Valve Solenoid Malfunction; C1262: LF Outlet Valve Solenoid Malfunction; C1263: RF Inlet Valve Solenoid Malfunction; C1264: RF Outlet Valve Solenoid Malfunction; C1265: LR Inlet Valve Solenoid Malfunction; C1266: LR Outlet Valve Solenoid Malfunction; C1267: RR Inlet Valve Solenoid Malfunction; C1268: RR Outlet Valve Solenoid Malfunction; C1271: LF TCS Master Cylinder Isolation Valve Malfunction; C1272: LF TCS Prime Valve Malfunction; C1273: RF TCS Master Cylinder Isolation Valve Malfunction; C1274: RF TCS Prime Valve Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1276: Delivered Torque Signal Circuit Malfunction; P1644: Delivered Torque Output Circuit; P1689: Traction Control Delivered Torque Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C1276
            • P1644 or P1689
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1277: Requested Torque Signal Circuit Malfunction; P1571: TCS PWM Circuit No Frequency
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C1277
            • P1571
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1278: TCS Temporarily Inhibited By Pcm
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C1291: Open Brake Lamp Switch Contacts During Deceleration
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1294: Brake Lamp Switch Circuit Always Active
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1295: Brake Lamp Switch Circuit Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Anti-Lock Brake System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • ABS Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • ABS Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • ABS Automated Bleed Procedure
          • Bleeding the ABS System
          • Automated Bleed Procedure
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Traction Control Switch Replacement (Impala)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Traction Control Switch Replacement (Monte Carlo)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • ABS Description & Operation
          • Notes
          • Initialization Sequence
          • Anti-Lock Brake System
          • Pressure Hold
          • Pressure Decrease
          • Pressure Increase
          • Traction Control System (TCS) (NW9)
          • ABS Indicator
          • Traction Control System Indicator(s)
            • Service Traction System
            • TRAC Off
            • Traction Active
      • Special Tools & Equipment
  • Mechanical - Hydraulic
    • Disc Brakes & Drum Brakes
      • Model Identification
      • Description & Operation
        • Hydraulic Brake System Description
          • Hydraulic Brake Master Cylinder Fluid Reservoir
          • Hydraulic Brake Master Cylinder
          • Hydraulic Brake Pressure Balance Control System
          • Hydraulic Brake Pipes and Flexible Brake Hoses
          • Hydraulic Brake Wheel Apply Components
        • Hydraulic Brake System Operation
        • Brake Assist System Description
          • Brake Pedal
          • Brake Pedal Pushrod
          • Power Brake Booster
          • Vacuum Source
          • Vacuum Source Delivery System
        • Brake Assist System Operation
        • Brake Warning System Description & Operation
          • Brake
          • Check Brake Fluid --37
        • Disc Brake System Description
          • Disc Brake Pads
          • Disc Brake Rotors
          • Disc Brake Pad Hardware
          • Disc Brake Caliper Hardware
        • Disc Brake System Operation
        • Park Brake System Description
          • Park Brake Pedal Assembly
          • Park Brake Cables
          • Park Brake Cable Equalizer
          • Park Brake Apply Lever
          • Park Brake Actuator/Adjuster
          • Park Brake Shoe
        • Park Brake System Operation
      • Bleeding Brake System
        • Notes
        • Brake Bleeding Sequence
        • Manual Bleeding
        • Pressure Bleeding
        • Master Cylinder Bench Bleeding
        • Flushing Brake System
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Filling
      • Adjustments & Inspections
        • Brake Pedal Travel Inspection
        • Brake Pedal PUSHROD Inspection
        • Stoplight Switch Adjustment
        • Disc Brake System
          • Disc Brake Operational Inspection
          • Brake Caliper Inspection
          • Brake Pad Inspection
          • Brake Pad Mounting Hardware Inspection - Front
          • Brake Pad Mounting Hardware Inspection - Rear
          • Brake Rotor Surface & Wear Inspection
          • Brake Rotor Thickness Measurement
          • Brake Rotor Refinishing
        • Hydraulic Brake System
          • Brake System External Leak Inspection
          • Brake Pipe Hose Inspection
        • Park Brake System
          • Parking Brake Adjustment
          • Park Brake Shoe Inspection
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Hydraulic Brakes
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Disc Brakes
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Park Brake
        • Brake System Vehicle Road Test
          • Preliminary Inspection
          • Road Test Procedure
        • Symptoms - Hydraulic Brakes
          • Preliminary Information
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Symptoms - Park Brake
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
      • Self Diagnostics
        • Diagnostic System Check
          • Hydraulic Brake System
        • DTC 1247: Brake Fluid Level Switch
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Procedure
        • Scan Tool Data List (Hydraulic Brakes)
          • Notes
          • Body Control Module
          • Electronic Brake Control Module
          • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Hydraulic Brakes)
          • Brake Fluid Level
          • Brake Lamp
          • Low Brake Fluid
          • Low Brake Fluid Report
          • Park Brake Switch
      • Symptom Testing
        • Brake Warning Indicator Always On
        • Brake Warning Indicator Inoperative
        • Brake Pulsation
        • Brake System Noise
        • Braking Action Uneven - Pulls To One Side
        • Braking Action Uneven - Front To Rear
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Travel
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Effort
        • Brakes Drag
        • Brake System Slow Release
        • Brake Fluid Loss
        • Park Brake Will Not Hold Or Release
      • System Testing
        • Hydraulic Brakes System Testing
        • Brake Assist System Testing
        • Disc Brakes System Testing
        • Park Brake System Testing
        • Brake System Internal Leak Test
        • Brake System Vacuum Source Test
      • Removal & Installation
        • Burnishing Pads & Rotors
        • Brake Calipers
          • Removal (Front)
          • Installation
          • Removal (Rear)
        • Brake Caliper Brackets
          • Removal (Front)
          • Installation
          • Removal (Rear)
        • Brake Hoses
          • Notes
          • Removal (Front)
          • Installation
          • Removal (Rear)
        • Brake Pads
          • Removal (Front)
          • Installation
          • Removal (Rear)
        • Brake Pedal
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Brake Pipe
        • Brake Rotors
          • Notes
          • Removal (Front)
          • Installation
          • Removal (Rear)
        • Disc Brake Backing Plate
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Disc Brake Hardware
          • Removal (Front)
          • Installation
          • Removal (Rear)
        • Master Cylinder
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Master Cylinder Fluid Level Sensor
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Parking Brake Shoes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Park Brake Actuators
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Park Brake Equalizer
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Park Brake Cables
          • Removal (Front)
          • Installation
          • Removal (Rear)
        • Park Brake Pedal Assembly
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Park Brake Warning Lamp Switch
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Power Brake Booster
          • Notes
          • Removal (3.4L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (3.8L)
        • Power Brake Booster Check Valve
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Proportioning Valves
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Rear Axle Hub & Bearing Assembly
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Stoplight Switch
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Overhaul
        • Front Caliper
        • Rear Calipers
        • Master Cylinder
          • Notes
          • Inspection
          • Assembly
        • Power Brake Booster
      • Disc Brake Specifications
      • Torque Specifications
  • Traction Control
    • Anti-Lock Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
      • Component Locator
        • ABS Component Views
        • ABS Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Anti-Lock Brake System
        • Diagnostic System Check - ABS
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • Enhanced Diagnostics
          • History Data
          • Diagnostic Strategy
        • DTC B2747: Traction Control Switch Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1214: System Relay Contact Or Coil Circuit Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Criteria 1
            • Criteria 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1216: Electronic Brake Control Relay Coil Circuit Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C1217: BPMV Pump Motor Relay Contacts Circuit Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1218: Pump Motor Circuit Shorted To Voltage Or Motor Ground Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1221: LF Wheel Speed Sensor Input Signal Is 0; C1222: RF Wheel Speed Sensor Input Signal Is 0; C1223: LR Wheel Speed Sensor Input Signal Is 0; C1224: RR Wheel Speed Sensor Input Signal Is 0; C1225: LF Excessive Wheel Speed Variation; C1226: RF Excessive Wheel Speed Variation; C1227: LR Excessive Wheel Speed Variation; C1228: RR Excessive Wheel Speed Variation; C1232: LF Wheel Speed Circuit Open Or Shorted; C1233: RF Wheel Speed Circuit Open Or Shorted; C1234: LR Wheel Speed Circuit Open Or Shorted; C1235: RR Wheel Speed Circuit Open Or Shorted
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C1221 through C1228
            • C1232 through C1235
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C1221 through C1224
            • C1225 through C1228
            • C1232 through C1235
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • C1221 through C1224
            • C1225 through C1228
            • C1232 through C1235
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1236: Low System Supply Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1237: High System Supply Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1238: Brake Thermal Model Exceeded
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1242: Pump Motor Circuit Open; C1243: BPMV Pump Motor Stalled
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C1242
            • C1243
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C1242
            • C1243
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1248: EBCM Turned The Red Brake Warning Indicator On
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1254: Abnormal Shutdown Detected
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1255: EBCM Internal Malfunction; C1256: EBCM Internal Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • C1255
            • C1256
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1261: LF Inlet Valve Solenoid Malfunction; C1262: LF Outlet Valve Solenoid Malfunction; C1263: RF Inlet Valve Solenoid Malfunction; C1264: RF Outlet Valve Solenoid Malfunction; C1265: LR Inlet Valve Solenoid Malfunction; C1266: LR Outlet Valve Solenoid Malfunction; C1267: RR Inlet Valve Solenoid Malfunction; C1268: RR Outlet Valve Solenoid Malfunction; C1271: LF TCS Master Cylinder Isolation Valve Malfunction; C1272: LF TCS Prime Valve Malfunction; C1273: RF TCS Master Cylinder Isolation Valve Malfunction; C1274: RF TCS Prime Valve Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1276: Delivered Torque Signal Circuit Malfunction; P1644: Delivered Torque Output Circuit; P1689: Traction Control Delivered Torque Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C1276
            • P1644 or P1689
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1277: Requested Torque Signal Circuit Malfunction; P1571: TCS PWM Circuit No Frequency
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C1277
            • P1571
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1278: TCS Temporarily Inhibited By Pcm
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C1291: Open Brake Lamp Switch Contacts During Deceleration
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1294: Brake Lamp Switch Circuit Always Active
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1295: Brake Lamp Switch Circuit Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Anti-Lock Brake System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • ABS Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • ABS Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • ABS Automated Bleed Procedure
          • Bleeding the ABS System
          • Automated Bleed Procedure
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Traction Control Switch Replacement (Impala)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Traction Control Switch Replacement (Monte Carlo)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • ABS Description & Operation
          • Notes
          • Initialization Sequence
          • Anti-Lock Brake System
          • Pressure Hold
          • Pressure Decrease
          • Pressure Increase
          • Traction Control System (TCS) (NW9)
          • ABS Indicator
          • Traction Control System Indicator(s)
            • Service Traction System
            • TRAC Off
            • Traction Active
      • Special Tools & Equipment
• Drivelines & Axles
  • Axle Shafts - Front
    • Description & Operation
      • Notes
      • Boots (Seals) & Clamps
      • Front Wheel Drive Shaft TRIPOT Joint (Inner Joint)
      • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Constant Velocity Joint (Outer Joint)
    • Trouble Shooting
      • Notes
      • Click Noise In Turns
      • Clunk When Accelerating From Coast
      • Shudder Or Vibration During Acceleration
        • Vibration Diagnostic Process
        • Preliminary Visual/Physical Inspection
    • Removal & Installation
      • Wheel Drive Shaft
        • Notes
        • Removal
        • Installation
    • Overhaul
      • Wheel Drive Shaft Inner Joint & Seal
        • Notes
        • Disassembly
        • Assembly
      • Wheel Drive Shaft Outer Joint & Seal
        • Notes
        • Disassembly
        • Assembly
    • Torque Specifications
• Electrical
  • Body Electrical
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Stoplamp Switch Connector End View (C1)
        • Stoplamp Switch Connector End View (C2)
        • Shift Lock Solenoid Connector End View
        • Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Temperature Actuator Connector End View (Driver Side)
        • Temperature Actuator Connector End View (Passenger Side)
        • Blower Motor Resistor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Assembly Connector End View (C1)
        • HVAC Control Assembly Connector End View (C2)
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (UE1)
        • OnStar® Module Connector End View C1
        • OnStar® Module Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module Connector End View C1 (1 Of 2)
        • Body Control Module Connector End View C1 (2 Of 2)
        • Body Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module Connector End View C3
        • Transaxle In-Line Harness 20-Way Connector End View
        • Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • TCC Pulse Width Modulated Solenoid Valve Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Transaxle Internal Mode Switch Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Stoplamp Switch Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • PCM 80-Way Connector End View C1 (3.4L - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way Connector End View C1 (3.4L - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way Connector End View C2 (3.4L - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way Connector End View C2 (3.4L - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way Connector End View C1 (3.8L - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way Connector End View C1 (3.8L - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way Connector End View C2 (3.8L - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way Connector End View C2 (3.8L - 2 Of 2)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2
        • Radio Connector End View C1
        • Radio Connector End View C2
        • Radio Antenna Module Connector End View
        • LF Door Speaker Connector End View
        • RF Door Speaker Connector End View
        • Left Rear Speaker Connector End View
        • Right Rear Speaker Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper System Module Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
        • CMP Sensor Connector End View (Bonneville, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • CMP Sensor Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • CMP Sensor Connector End View (Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • CKP Sensor Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector End View (Bonneville & LeSabre)
        • Data Link Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • Data Link Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • Data Link Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • Data Link Connector End View (Regal)
        • ECT Sensor Connector End View (Bonneville, Impala, Monte Carlo, LeSabre, Regal W/O Supercharger & Park Avenue)
        • ECT Sensor Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • ECT Sensor Connector End View (Regal With Supercharger)
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (Regal)
        • EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View (Grand Prix & Regal)
        • EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View (Le Sabre & Park Avenue)
        • EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View (Regal)
        • FTP Sensor Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • FTP Sensor Connector End View (Grand Prix, Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • FTP Sensor Connector End View (LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Connector End View (Grand Prix, Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Connector End View (LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (Regal)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (Regal)
        • IAC Valve Connector End View
        • IAT Sensor Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • IAT Sensor Connector End View (Gran Prix, Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • IAT Sensor Connector End View (LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • ICM Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • ICM Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • ICM Connector End View (Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • ICM Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • ICM Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • Inline Connector C101 Connector End View (Impala, Monte Carlo)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View C1 (Bonneville)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View C2 (Bonneville)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View C1 (Grand Prix)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View C2 (Grand Prix)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View C1 (LeSabre)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View C2 (LeSabre)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View (Regal)
        • MAF Sensor Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • MAF Sensor Connector End View (Grand Prix & Regal)
        • MAF Sensor Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • MAF Sensor Connector End View (LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • MAP Sensor Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • MAP Sensor With Supercharger Connector End View (Grand Prix, Regal)
        • MAP Sensor W/O Supercharger Connector End View (Grand Prix, Impala, Monte Carlo, Regal & Park Avenue)
        • MAP Sensor Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • MAP Sensor With Supercharger Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (Bonneville & LeSabre - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (Bonneville & LeSabre - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Bonneville & LeSabre - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Bonneville & LeSabre - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (Grand Prix - 1 Of 3)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (Grand Prix - 2 Of 3)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (Grand Prix - 3 Of 3)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Grand Prix - 1 Of 3)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Grand Prix - 2 Of 3)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Grand Prix - 3 Of 3)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (Impala & Monte Carlo - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (Impala & Monte Carlo - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Impala & Monte Carlo - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Impala & Monte Carlo - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (Park Avenue - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (Park Avenue - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Park Avenue - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Park Avenue - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (Regal - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (Regal - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Regal - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Regal - 2 Of 2)
        • Secondary Air Injection Pump Relay Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View (Bonneville & LeSabre)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View (Regal)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • Supercharger Boost Control Solenoid Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • Supercharger Boost Control Solenoid Connector End View (Grand Prix & Regal)
        • Supercharger Boost Control Solenoid Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • TPS Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • TPS Connector End View (Grand Prix, Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • TPS Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • TPS Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • VSS Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • VSS Connector End View (Grand Prix, Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • VSS Connector End View (LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Dome Lamp Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp (Left) Connector End View
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp (Right) Connector End View
        • Emergency Vehicle Headlamp Flasher Connector End View C1
        • Emergency Vehicle Headlamp Flasher Connector End View C2
        • Emergency Vehicle Rear Compartment Lid Lamp Connector End View (Left)
        • Emergency Vehicle Rear Compartment Lid Lamp Connector End View (Right)
        • Emergency Vehicle Rear Compartment Lid Lamps Relay Connector End View
        • Emergency Vehicle Rear Lamps Flasher Connector End View C1
        • Emergency Vehicle Rear Lamps Flasher Connector End View C2
        • Emergency Vehicle Rear Window Panel Lamp Connector End View (Left)
        • Emergency Vehicle Rear Window Panel Lamp Connector End View (Right)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Connector End View (Left)
        • Headlamp Connector End View (Right)
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View
        • I/P Compartment Lamp Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End View
        • Spot Lamp Connector End View (Left)
        • Spot Lamp Connector End View (Right)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View C1
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View C2
        • Surveillance Mode Switch Connector End View
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View (Left) (Impala)
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View (Right) (Impala)
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View (Left) (Monte Carlo)
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View (Right) (Monte Carlo)
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View (Left)
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View (Right)
        • Horn Connector End View
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (w/o UE1)
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View
        • Left Cooling Fan Connector End View
        • Right Cooling Fan Connector End View
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor "A" Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor "B" Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • EVAP Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • EGR Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View
        • Idle Air Control Valve Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module Connector End View C1
        • Ignition Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Ignition Control Module Connector End View C3
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Airflow Sensor Connector End View
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (2 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (2 Of 2)
        • Throttle Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP205 Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View (Driver's Seat)
        • SDM Connector End View
        • SIR Coil-to-Driver-Side Air Bag Module Connector End View
        • Lower SIR Coil Assembly Connector End View
        • Passenger-Side Air Bag Stage 1 & Stage 2 Connector End View
        • Front End Discriminating Sensor Connector & Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View
        • Side Impact Air Bag Module Connector End View
    • Retained Accessory Power System
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Retained Accessory Power
        • Diagnostic System Check - Retained Accessory Power
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1477: RAP Relay Control Circuit Voltage Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1478: Short To Battery In The RAP Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Retained Accessory Power
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
      • Description & Operation
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description & Operation
          • Serial Data Control of Retained Accessory Power RAP)
          • Relay Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
    • Testing Wiring Systems For Intermittent & Poor Connections
      • Service Precautions
      • Intermittent Or Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
        • Round Wire Connectors
        • Flat Wire (Dock & Lock) Connectors
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Notes
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
        • Low Temperature Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
    • Wiring Systems (General Information)
      • Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Notes
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting With A Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting With A Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing For Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing For Short To Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing For A Short To Voltage
        • Testing For Intermittent & Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Round Wire Connectors
          • Flat Wire (Dock & Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing For Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted Or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing In-Line Harness Diodes
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body & Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push To Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull To Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within An Electrical Center)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached To Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center Or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center Or Junction Block Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center Or Junction Block Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Junction Block Replacement - Accessory Wiring
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools & Equipment
  • Charging Systems
    • Description & Operation
    • Component Locations
    • Adjustments
      • Belt Tension
    • Troubleshooting
      • Notes
      • Preliminary Inspection
      • System Operation Check
    • Self-Diagnostic System
      • Notes
      • Retrieving Diagnostic Trouble Codes
      • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code Definitions
    • Diagnostic Tests
      • DTC B1327: Battery/Source Voltage Low
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions For Running DTC
        • Action Taken When DTC Sets
        • Conditions For Clearing DTC
        • Diagnostic Procedure
      • DTC B1507: High Power Control Circuit Low
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions For Running DTC
        • Conditions For Setting DTC
        • Action Taken When DTC Sets
        • Conditions For Clearing DTC
        • Diagnostic Procedure
      • DTC B1508: High Power Control Circuit High
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions For Running DTC
        • Conditions For Setting DTC
        • Action Taken When DTC Sets
        • Conditions For Clearing DTC
        • Diagnostic Procedure
      • DTC P0560: Voltage Out Of Range
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions For Running DTC
        • Conditions For Setting DTC
        • Action Taken When DTC Sets
        • Conditions For Clearing DTC
        • Diagnostic Procedure
      • DTC P0620: Fault Detection Circuit Malfunction
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions For Running DTC
        • Conditions For Setting DTC
        • Action Taken When DTC Sets
        • Conditions For Clearing DTC
        • Diagnostic Procedure
    • System Tests
      • Notes
      • Test A: Charging System Test
        • Delphi CS130D
        • Bosch NCB1
      • Test B: Charge Indicator Always On
      • Test C: Charge Indicator Inoperative
      • Test D: Generator Noisy
    • On-Vehicle Testing
      • Notes
      • Battery Testing & Inspection
      • Battery Specifications
      • Engine Electrical Diagnostic System Check
        • Notes
        • Test Description
    • Bench Testing
    • Removal & Installation
      • Notes
      • Generator
        • Removal (3.4L)
        • Installation (3.4L)
        • Removal (3.8L)
        • Installation (3.8L)
    • Overhaul
    • Generator Specifications
    • Torque Specifications
    • Wiring Diagrams
  • Component Locations
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
  • Fuses & Circuit Breakers
    • Identification
      • Notes
      • Fusible Link
      • Left Instrument Panel Fuse Block
      • Right Instrument Panel Fuse Block
      • Top UNDERHOOD Compartment Fuse Block
      • Bottom UNDERHOOD Compartment Fuse Block
  • Gauges
    • Analog Instrument Panels
      • Description
      • Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster
          • ABS Indicator
          • Air Bag Indicator
          • BRAKE Indicator
          • CHANGE ENGINE OIL Indicator
          • Charge Indicator
          • CRUISE Control Indicator
          • DOOR AJAR Indicator
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicator
          • High Beam Indicator
          • HIGH BEAM OUT Indicator
          • HOT COOLANT TEMP Indicator
          • LOW COOLANT LEVEL Indicator
          • LOW ENG OIL LEVEL Indicator
          • LOW FUEL Indicator
          • LOW OIL PRESSURE Indicator
          • LOW TIRE PRESSURE Indicator
          • LOW WASHER FLUID Indicator
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Indicator
          • SECURITY Indicator
          • Service Traction System Indicator
          • SERVICE VEHICLE SOON Indicator
          • TRAC Off Indicator
          • TRACTION ACTIVE Indicator
          • TRUNK OPEN Indicator
          • Turn Signal Indicators
        • Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • Average Fuel Economy (AVG)
          • Average Speed (AVG SPEED)
          • Compass/Temperature Mode
          • Dimming Control
          • Fuel Used
          • Instantaneous Fuel Economy (INST)
          • Mode Button
          • Reset Button
          • Trip Range (RANGE)
        • Audible Warning Chimes
          • Door Ajar Warning
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key-In-Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Park Brake Warning
          • Turn Signal On
          • Additional Warnings
      • Component Locations
      • Programming
        • Compass Calibration
        • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
        • Radio Setup
          • Notes
          • Tuner Calibration
          • Chime Volume Selection
          • Chime Level Selection
        • Resetting Engine Oil Life System
          • Using Radio Data System (RDS) Equipped Radio
          • Using Accelerator Pedal
        • Resetting Tire Inflation Monitor
          • Notes
          • Using Parking Lights
          • Using Radio Data System (RDS) Equipped Radio
          • Using Scan Tool
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Notes
        • Preliminary Inspection
      • Diagnosing INTERMITTENTS
        • Problem Diagnosis
        • Test Procedures
          • Intermittent Simulation
        • Trouble Shooting INTERMITTENTS
          • Notes
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Notes
        • Audible Warnings System Diagnostic System Check
        • Door System Diagnostic System Check
        • Driver Information Center System Diagnostic System Check
        • Instrument Panel Cluster System Diagnostic System Check
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Diagnostic System Check
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Definitions
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • Notes
        • DTC B0160: Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Circuit Low
          • Description
          • Code Enable Criteria
          • Testing
        • DTC B0162: Temperature Sensor Circuit Open
          • Description
          • Code Enable Criteria
          • Testing
        • DTC B0931: Compass Sensor Circuit Malfunction
          • Description
          • Code Enable Criteria
          • Testing
        • DTC B2823: Trip Odometer Reset Switch Circuit Low
          • Description
          • Code Enable Criteria
          • Testing
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2964: Incorrect Ignition Lock Cylinder Signal Voltage Input
          • Description
          • Code Enable Criteria
          • Testing
        • DTC C1245: Tire Inflation Monitor Circuit Low
          • Description
          • Code Enable Criteria
          • Testing
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0462: Fuel Level Signal Voltage Low
          • Description
          • Code Enable Criteria
          • Testing
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0463: Fuel Level Signal Voltage High
          • Description
          • Code Enable Criteria
          • Testing
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1189: Oil Pressure Switch Signal Voltage Is High
          • Description
          • Code Enable Criteria
          • Testing
      • System Tests
        • Notes
        • Test A: Change Engine Oil Message Always On
        • Test B: Change Engine Oil Message Inoperative
        • Test C: Chime Always On
        • Test D: Chime Inoperative
        • Test E: Coolant Temperature Gauge Inaccurate Or Inoperative
        • Test F: Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Test G: Driver Information Center (DIC) Temperature Display Inaccurate Or Inoperative
        • Test H: Driver Information Center (DIC) Compass Inaccurate Or Cal Is Displayed
        • Test I: Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch Inoperative
        • Test J: Engine Oil Pressure Gage Inaccurate Or Inoperative
        • Test K: Fuel Gauge Inoperative Or Inaccurate
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test L: Low Eng Oil Level Message Is Always On
        • Test M: Low Tire Pressure Indicator Is Always On
        • Test N: Low Tire Pressure Indicator Inoperative
        • Test O: Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
        • Test P: Oil Pressure Indicator Is Always On
        • Test Q: Speedometer Gauge &/Or Odometer Inoperative Or Inaccurate
        • Test R: Tachometer Inoperative Or Inaccurate
        • Test S: Volt Gauge Inaccurate Or Inoperative
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Door Lock
          • Removal (Front Door - Impala)
          • Installation (Front Door - Impala)
          • Removal (Front Door - Monte Carlo)
          • Installation (Front Door - Monte Carlo)
          • Removal (Rear Door - Impala)
          • Installation (Rear Door - Impala)
        • Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • Removal & Installation (Without Sunroof)
          • Removal & Installation (With Sunroof)
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster
          • Removal & Installation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Trim Plate
          • Removal & Installation (Impala)
          • Removal & Installation (Monte Carlo)
        • MULTIFUNCTION Alarm Module
          • Removal & Installation (Impala)
          • Removal & Installation (Monte Carlo)
        • Radio
          • Removal & Installation (Impala)
          • Removal & Installation (Monte Carlo)
      • Wiring Diagrams
        • Impala
        • Monte CARLO
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
      • Component Locator
        • Horns Component Views
        • Horns Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
        • Diagnostic System Check - Horns
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2753
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Always On
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Horns - Poor Tone
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Horn Relay Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Horns System Description & Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
      • Special Tools & Equipment
  • Motors, Switches, Relays
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Stoplamp Switch Connector End View (C1)
        • Stoplamp Switch Connector End View (C2)
        • Shift Lock Solenoid Connector End View
        • Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Temperature Actuator Connector End View (Driver Side)
        • Temperature Actuator Connector End View (Passenger Side)
        • Blower Motor Resistor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Assembly Connector End View (C1)
        • HVAC Control Assembly Connector End View (C2)
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (UE1)
        • OnStar® Module Connector End View C1
        • OnStar® Module Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module Connector End View C1 (1 Of 2)
        • Body Control Module Connector End View C1 (2 Of 2)
        • Body Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module Connector End View C3
        • Transaxle In-Line Harness 20-Way Connector End View
        • Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • TCC Pulse Width Modulated Solenoid Valve Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Transaxle Internal Mode Switch Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Stoplamp Switch Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • PCM 80-Way Connector End View C1 (3.4L - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way Connector End View C1 (3.4L - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way Connector End View C2 (3.4L - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way Connector End View C2 (3.4L - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way Connector End View C1 (3.8L - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way Connector End View C1 (3.8L - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way Connector End View C2 (3.8L - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way Connector End View C2 (3.8L - 2 Of 2)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2
        • Radio Connector End View C1
        • Radio Connector End View C2
        • Radio Antenna Module Connector End View
        • LF Door Speaker Connector End View
        • RF Door Speaker Connector End View
        • Left Rear Speaker Connector End View
        • Right Rear Speaker Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper System Module Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
        • CMP Sensor Connector End View (Bonneville, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • CMP Sensor Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • CMP Sensor Connector End View (Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • CKP Sensor Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector End View (Bonneville & LeSabre)
        • Data Link Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • Data Link Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • Data Link Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • Data Link Connector End View (Regal)
        • ECT Sensor Connector End View (Bonneville, Impala, Monte Carlo, LeSabre, Regal W/O Supercharger & Park Avenue)
        • ECT Sensor Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • ECT Sensor Connector End View (Regal With Supercharger)
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (Regal)
        • EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View (Grand Prix & Regal)
        • EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View (Le Sabre & Park Avenue)
        • EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View (Regal)
        • FTP Sensor Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • FTP Sensor Connector End View (Grand Prix, Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • FTP Sensor Connector End View (LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Connector End View (Grand Prix, Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Connector End View (LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (Regal)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (Regal)
        • IAC Valve Connector End View
        • IAT Sensor Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • IAT Sensor Connector End View (Gran Prix, Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • IAT Sensor Connector End View (LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • ICM Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • ICM Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • ICM Connector End View (Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • ICM Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • ICM Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • Inline Connector C101 Connector End View (Impala, Monte Carlo)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View C1 (Bonneville)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View C2 (Bonneville)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View C1 (Grand Prix)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View C2 (Grand Prix)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View C1 (LeSabre)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View C2 (LeSabre)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View (Regal)
        • MAF Sensor Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • MAF Sensor Connector End View (Grand Prix & Regal)
        • MAF Sensor Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • MAF Sensor Connector End View (LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • MAP Sensor Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • MAP Sensor With Supercharger Connector End View (Grand Prix, Regal)
        • MAP Sensor W/O Supercharger Connector End View (Grand Prix, Impala, Monte Carlo, Regal & Park Avenue)
        • MAP Sensor Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • MAP Sensor With Supercharger Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (Bonneville & LeSabre - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (Bonneville & LeSabre - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Bonneville & LeSabre - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Bonneville & LeSabre - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (Grand Prix - 1 Of 3)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (Grand Prix - 2 Of 3)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (Grand Prix - 3 Of 3)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Grand Prix - 1 Of 3)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Grand Prix - 2 Of 3)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Grand Prix - 3 Of 3)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (Impala & Monte Carlo - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (Impala & Monte Carlo - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Impala & Monte Carlo - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Impala & Monte Carlo - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (Park Avenue - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (Park Avenue - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Park Avenue - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Park Avenue - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (Regal - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (Regal - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Regal - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Regal - 2 Of 2)
        • Secondary Air Injection Pump Relay Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View (Bonneville & LeSabre)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View (Regal)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • Supercharger Boost Control Solenoid Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • Supercharger Boost Control Solenoid Connector End View (Grand Prix & Regal)
        • Supercharger Boost Control Solenoid Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • TPS Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • TPS Connector End View (Grand Prix, Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • TPS Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • TPS Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • VSS Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • VSS Connector End View (Grand Prix, Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • VSS Connector End View (LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Dome Lamp Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp (Left) Connector End View
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp (Right) Connector End View
        • Emergency Vehicle Headlamp Flasher Connector End View C1
        • Emergency Vehicle Headlamp Flasher Connector End View C2
        • Emergency Vehicle Rear Compartment Lid Lamp Connector End View (Left)
        • Emergency Vehicle Rear Compartment Lid Lamp Connector End View (Right)
        • Emergency Vehicle Rear Compartment Lid Lamps Relay Connector End View
        • Emergency Vehicle Rear Lamps Flasher Connector End View C1
        • Emergency Vehicle Rear Lamps Flasher Connector End View C2
        • Emergency Vehicle Rear Window Panel Lamp Connector End View (Left)
        • Emergency Vehicle Rear Window Panel Lamp Connector End View (Right)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Connector End View (Left)
        • Headlamp Connector End View (Right)
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View
        • I/P Compartment Lamp Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End View
        • Spot Lamp Connector End View (Left)
        • Spot Lamp Connector End View (Right)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View C1
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View C2
        • Surveillance Mode Switch Connector End View
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View (Left) (Impala)
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View (Right) (Impala)
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View (Left) (Monte Carlo)
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View (Right) (Monte Carlo)
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View (Left)
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View (Right)
        • Horn Connector End View
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (w/o UE1)
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View
        • Left Cooling Fan Connector End View
        • Right Cooling Fan Connector End View
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor "A" Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor "B" Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • EVAP Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • EGR Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View
        • Idle Air Control Valve Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module Connector End View C1
        • Ignition Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Ignition Control Module Connector End View C3
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Airflow Sensor Connector End View
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (2 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (2 Of 2)
        • Throttle Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP205 Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View (Driver's Seat)
        • SDM Connector End View
        • SIR Coil-to-Driver-Side Air Bag Module Connector End View
        • Lower SIR Coil Assembly Connector End View
        • Passenger-Side Air Bag Stage 1 & Stage 2 Connector End View
        • Front End Discriminating Sensor Connector & Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View
        • Side Impact Air Bag Module Connector End View
    • Retained Accessory Power System
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Retained Accessory Power
        • Diagnostic System Check - Retained Accessory Power
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1477: RAP Relay Control Circuit Voltage Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1478: Short To Battery In The RAP Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Retained Accessory Power
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
      • Description & Operation
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description & Operation
          • Serial Data Control of Retained Accessory Power RAP)
          • Relay Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
    • Testing Wiring Systems For Intermittent & Poor Connections
      • Service Precautions
      • Intermittent Or Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
        • Round Wire Connectors
        • Flat Wire (Dock & Lock) Connectors
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Notes
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
        • Low Temperature Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
    • Wiring Systems (General Information)
      • Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Notes
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting With A Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting With A Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing For Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing For Short To Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing For A Short To Voltage
        • Testing For Intermittent & Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Round Wire Connectors
          • Flat Wire (Dock & Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing For Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted Or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing In-Line Harness Diodes
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body & Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push To Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull To Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within An Electrical Center)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached To Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center Or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center Or Junction Block Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center Or Junction Block Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Junction Block Replacement - Accessory Wiring
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools & Equipment
  • Starter
    • Starting System
      • Torque Specifications
      • Starter Motor Specifications
      • Wiring Diagrams
      • Component Locations
      • Diagnostic Information
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Electrical
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Definitions
        • DTC B1327
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Testing
        • DTC B1507
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Testing
        • DTC B1508
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Testing
        • DTC P0560
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Testing
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Testing
        • Engine Will Not Crank - Crankshaft Will Not Rotate
      • Replacement Procedures
        • Notes
        • Starter Motor
          • Removal (3.4L, LA1)
          • Installation
          • Removal (3.8L, L36)
      • Description & Operation
        • Starter
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Stoplamp Switch Connector End View (C1)
        • Stoplamp Switch Connector End View (C2)
        • Shift Lock Solenoid Connector End View
        • Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Temperature Actuator Connector End View (Driver Side)
        • Temperature Actuator Connector End View (Passenger Side)
        • Blower Motor Resistor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Assembly Connector End View (C1)
        • HVAC Control Assembly Connector End View (C2)
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (UE1)
        • OnStar® Module Connector End View C1
        • OnStar® Module Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module Connector End View C1 (1 Of 2)
        • Body Control Module Connector End View C1 (2 Of 2)
        • Body Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module Connector End View C3
        • Transaxle In-Line Harness 20-Way Connector End View
        • Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • TCC Pulse Width Modulated Solenoid Valve Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Transaxle Internal Mode Switch Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Stoplamp Switch Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • PCM 80-Way Connector End View C1 (3.4L - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way Connector End View C1 (3.4L - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way Connector End View C2 (3.4L - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way Connector End View C2 (3.4L - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way Connector End View C1 (3.8L - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way Connector End View C1 (3.8L - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way Connector End View C2 (3.8L - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way Connector End View C2 (3.8L - 2 Of 2)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2
        • Radio Connector End View C1
        • Radio Connector End View C2
        • Radio Antenna Module Connector End View
        • LF Door Speaker Connector End View
        • RF Door Speaker Connector End View
        • Left Rear Speaker Connector End View
        • Right Rear Speaker Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper System Module Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
        • CMP Sensor Connector End View (Bonneville, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • CMP Sensor Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • CMP Sensor Connector End View (Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • CKP Sensor Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector End View (Bonneville & LeSabre)
        • Data Link Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • Data Link Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • Data Link Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • Data Link Connector End View (Regal)
        • ECT Sensor Connector End View (Bonneville, Impala, Monte Carlo, LeSabre, Regal W/O Supercharger & Park Avenue)
        • ECT Sensor Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • ECT Sensor Connector End View (Regal With Supercharger)
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (Regal)
        • EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View (Grand Prix & Regal)
        • EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View (Le Sabre & Park Avenue)
        • EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View (Regal)
        • FTP Sensor Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • FTP Sensor Connector End View (Grand Prix, Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • FTP Sensor Connector End View (LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Connector End View (Grand Prix, Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Connector End View (LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (Regal)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (Regal)
        • IAC Valve Connector End View
        • IAT Sensor Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • IAT Sensor Connector End View (Gran Prix, Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • IAT Sensor Connector End View (LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • ICM Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • ICM Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • ICM Connector End View (Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • ICM Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • ICM Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • Inline Connector C101 Connector End View (Impala, Monte Carlo)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View C1 (Bonneville)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View C2 (Bonneville)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View C1 (Grand Prix)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View C2 (Grand Prix)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View C1 (LeSabre)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View C2 (LeSabre)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View (Regal)
        • MAF Sensor Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • MAF Sensor Connector End View (Grand Prix & Regal)
        • MAF Sensor Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • MAF Sensor Connector End View (LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • MAP Sensor Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • MAP Sensor With Supercharger Connector End View (Grand Prix, Regal)
        • MAP Sensor W/O Supercharger Connector End View (Grand Prix, Impala, Monte Carlo, Regal & Park Avenue)
        • MAP Sensor Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • MAP Sensor With Supercharger Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (Bonneville & LeSabre - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (Bonneville & LeSabre - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Bonneville & LeSabre - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Bonneville & LeSabre - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (Grand Prix - 1 Of 3)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (Grand Prix - 2 Of 3)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (Grand Prix - 3 Of 3)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Grand Prix - 1 Of 3)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Grand Prix - 2 Of 3)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Grand Prix - 3 Of 3)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (Impala & Monte Carlo - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (Impala & Monte Carlo - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Impala & Monte Carlo - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Impala & Monte Carlo - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (Park Avenue - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (Park Avenue - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Park Avenue - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Park Avenue - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (Regal - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (Regal - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Regal - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Regal - 2 Of 2)
        • Secondary Air Injection Pump Relay Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View (Bonneville & LeSabre)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View (Regal)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • Supercharger Boost Control Solenoid Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • Supercharger Boost Control Solenoid Connector End View (Grand Prix & Regal)
        • Supercharger Boost Control Solenoid Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • TPS Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • TPS Connector End View (Grand Prix, Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • TPS Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • TPS Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • VSS Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • VSS Connector End View (Grand Prix, Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • VSS Connector End View (LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Dome Lamp Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp (Left) Connector End View
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp (Right) Connector End View
        • Emergency Vehicle Headlamp Flasher Connector End View C1
        • Emergency Vehicle Headlamp Flasher Connector End View C2
        • Emergency Vehicle Rear Compartment Lid Lamp Connector End View (Left)
        • Emergency Vehicle Rear Compartment Lid Lamp Connector End View (Right)
        • Emergency Vehicle Rear Compartment Lid Lamps Relay Connector End View
        • Emergency Vehicle Rear Lamps Flasher Connector End View C1
        • Emergency Vehicle Rear Lamps Flasher Connector End View C2
        • Emergency Vehicle Rear Window Panel Lamp Connector End View (Left)
        • Emergency Vehicle Rear Window Panel Lamp Connector End View (Right)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Connector End View (Left)
        • Headlamp Connector End View (Right)
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View
        • I/P Compartment Lamp Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End View
        • Spot Lamp Connector End View (Left)
        • Spot Lamp Connector End View (Right)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View C1
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View C2
        • Surveillance Mode Switch Connector End View
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View (Left) (Impala)
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View (Right) (Impala)
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View (Left) (Monte Carlo)
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View (Right) (Monte Carlo)
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View (Left)
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View (Right)
        • Horn Connector End View
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (w/o UE1)
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View
        • Left Cooling Fan Connector End View
        • Right Cooling Fan Connector End View
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor "A" Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor "B" Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • EVAP Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • EGR Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View
        • Idle Air Control Valve Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module Connector End View C1
        • Ignition Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Ignition Control Module Connector End View C3
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Airflow Sensor Connector End View
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (2 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (2 Of 2)
        • Throttle Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP205 Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View (Driver's Seat)
        • SDM Connector End View
        • SIR Coil-to-Driver-Side Air Bag Module Connector End View
        • Lower SIR Coil Assembly Connector End View
        • Passenger-Side Air Bag Stage 1 & Stage 2 Connector End View
        • Front End Discriminating Sensor Connector & Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View
        • Side Impact Air Bag Module Connector End View
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Computer
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
      • Cruise Control
      • Defoggers
      • Engine Performance
        • 3.4L
        • 3.8L
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlocks
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
        • 3.4L
        • 3.8L
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems (General Information)
      • Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Notes
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting With A Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting With A Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing For Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing For Short To Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing For A Short To Voltage
        • Testing For Intermittent & Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Round Wire Connectors
          • Flat Wire (Dock & Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing For Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted Or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing In-Line Harness Diodes
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body & Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push To Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull To Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within An Electrical Center)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached To Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center Or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center Or Junction Block Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center Or Junction Block Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Junction Block Replacement - Accessory Wiring
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools & Equipment
• Engine Mechanical
  • Auxiliary Emission Control Systems
    • Emission Control System Visual Inspection Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Emission Control Labels
      • Emission Control Visual Inspection
        • Notes
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV)
        • Thermostatic Air Cleaner (TAC)
        • Fuel Evaporative System (EVAP)
        • Catalytic Converters
          • Oxidation Catalyst (OC)
          • Three-Way Catalyst (TWC)
          • Three-Way Catalyst + Oxidation Catalyst (TWC + OC)
        • Fill Pipe RESTRICTOR (Fr)
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION (EGR) System
          • Single Diaphragm EGR Valve
          • Dual Diaphragm EGR Valve
          • Positive Backpressure EGR (BP/EGR) Valve
          • Negative Backpressure EGR (BP/EGR) Valve
          • Digital EGR Valve
          • Integrated Electronic EGR Valve
        • Spark Controls (SPK)
        • Air Injection System (AIS)
          • Air Pump Injection System (AP)
          • Pulsed Secondary Air Injection (PAIR) System
        • Oxygen Sensor (O2)
        • Computerized Engine Controls (CEC)
        • Early Fuel Evaporation (EFE)
        • Emission Maintenance Reminder Light (EMR) (If Equipped)
        • Malfunction Indicator Light (Mil)
  • Cooling Fan
    • Electric Cooling Fan
      • Model Identification
      • Description & Operation
        • Cooling Fan Control
          • 3.4L Engine
          • 3.8L Engine
      • Component Locations
      • Programming
        • Notes
        • Powertrain Control Module
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Preliminary Inspection
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Retrieving Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Diagnostic System Check (Engine Cooling)
        • Symptoms (Engine Cooling)
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Definitions
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • DTC P0480: Low Speed Cooling Fan Relay Control Circuit Improper Voltage Level
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Testing
        • DTC P0481: High Speed Cooling Fan Relay Control Circuit Improper Voltage Level
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Testing
      • System Tests
        • Notes
        • Test A: Cooling Fan Always On
        • Test B: Cooling Fan Inoperative
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Fan Shroud
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Torque Specifications
      • Connector Identification
      • Wiring Diagrams
    • Engine Cooling System
      • Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
      • Component Locator
        • Cooling System Component Views
        • Cooling System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Cooling
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Cooling
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC P0480
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0481
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Engine Cooling
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator Always On
        • Low Engine Coolant Indicator Always On
        • Cooling Fan Always On
        • Cooling Fan Inoperative
        • Engine Overheating
        • Loss Of Coolant
        • Thermostat Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Thermostat Test Procedure Using Tempil™ Sticks
          • Thermostat Test Procedure Using Glycol
        • Coolant Heater Inoperative
        • Engine Fails To Reach Normal Operating Temperature
        • Pressure Cap Testing
        • Coolant Leak Testing
      • Repair Instructions
        • Draining & Filling Cooling System
          • Draining Procedure
          • Filling Procedure
        • Flushing
        • Radiator Cleaning
        • Coolant Level Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Recovery Reservoir Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Inlet (3.4L)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Install Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Inlet (3.8L)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Outlet (3.4L)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Outlet (3.8L)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Heater Hose Replacement - Inlet
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Heater Hose Replacement - Outlet
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Replacement (3.4L)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Replacement (3.8L)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Bypass Pipes Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement (3.4L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement (3.8L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drain Cock Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fan Shroud Replacement
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Air Baffle & Deflector Replacement - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Air Baffle & Deflector Replacement - Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Air Baffle & Deflector Replacement - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement (3.4L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement (3.8L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Cord Replacement (3.4L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Cord Replacement (3.8L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Cooling System Description & Operation
          • Cooling Fan Control - 3.4L (LA1)
          • Cooling Fan Control - 3.8L (L36)
          • Engine Coolant Indicator(s)
            • Low Coolant Level
            • Temp
          • Coolant Level Control
          • Coolant Heater
          • Cooling System
          • Cooling Cycle
          • Coolant
          • Radiator
            • Notes
            • Pressure Cap
            • Coolant Recovery System
            • Air Baffles & Seals
            • Water Pump
            • Thermostat
            • Engine Oil Cooler
            • Transmission Oil Cooler
      • Special Tools & Equipment
  • Cooling System (Mechanical)
    • Engine Cooling System
      • Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
      • Component Locator
        • Cooling System Component Views
        • Cooling System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Cooling
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Cooling
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC P0480
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0481
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Engine Cooling
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator Always On
        • Low Engine Coolant Indicator Always On
        • Cooling Fan Always On
        • Cooling Fan Inoperative
        • Engine Overheating
        • Loss Of Coolant
        • Thermostat Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Thermostat Test Procedure Using Tempil™ Sticks
          • Thermostat Test Procedure Using Glycol
        • Coolant Heater Inoperative
        • Engine Fails To Reach Normal Operating Temperature
        • Pressure Cap Testing
        • Coolant Leak Testing
      • Repair Instructions
        • Draining & Filling Cooling System
          • Draining Procedure
          • Filling Procedure
        • Flushing
        • Radiator Cleaning
        • Coolant Level Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Recovery Reservoir Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Inlet (3.4L)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Install Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Inlet (3.8L)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Outlet (3.4L)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Outlet (3.8L)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Heater Hose Replacement - Inlet
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Heater Hose Replacement - Outlet
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Replacement (3.4L)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Replacement (3.8L)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Bypass Pipes Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement (3.4L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement (3.8L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drain Cock Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fan Shroud Replacement
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Air Baffle & Deflector Replacement - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Air Baffle & Deflector Replacement - Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Air Baffle & Deflector Replacement - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement (3.4L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement (3.8L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Cord Replacement (3.4L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Cord Replacement (3.8L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Cooling System Description & Operation
          • Cooling Fan Control - 3.4L (LA1)
          • Cooling Fan Control - 3.8L (L36)
          • Engine Coolant Indicator(s)
            • Low Coolant Level
            • Temp
          • Coolant Level Control
          • Coolant Heater
          • Cooling System
          • Cooling Cycle
          • Coolant
          • Radiator
            • Notes
            • Pressure Cap
            • Coolant Recovery System
            • Air Baffles & Seals
            • Water Pump
            • Thermostat
            • Engine Oil Cooler
            • Transmission Oil Cooler
      • Special Tools & Equipment
    • Engine Cooling System Specifications & Drive Belt Routing
      • Model Identification
      • Belt Adjustment
      • Serpentine Belt Routing & Alignment
        • Notes
        • 1.8L Prizm
        • 1.9L Saturn
        • 2.0L Tracker
        • 2.2L (L61) Alero, Cavalier & Grand Am
        • 2.2L (LN2) Cavalier & Sunfire
        • 2.2L "S" Pickup
        • 2.2L Sonoma
        • 2.4L Cavalier & Sunfire
        • 2.5L Tracker
        • 3.1L Century & Grand Prix, & 3.4L Impala & Monte Carlo
        • 3.1L Malibu & 3.4L Alero, Aztek, Grand Am, Malibu, Montana, Rendezvous, Silouhette & Venture
        • 3.5L Aurora & Intrigue
        • 3.8L Bonneville, Grand Prix, Impala, LeSabre, Monte Carlo, Park Avenue & Regal
        • 3.8L Camaro & Firebird
        • 4.0L Aurora & 4.6L Deville, Eldorado & Seville
        • 4.2L Bravada, Envoy & Trail Blazer
        • 4.3L, 5.0L & 5.7L Trucks - All Models
        • 4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L Trucks - All Models
        • 5.7L Camaro & Firebird
        • 5.7L Corvette
        • 6.5L Turbo-Diesel Express & Savana
        • 6.6L Turbo-Diesel Sierra & Silverado
        • 8.1L Express & Savana
        • 8.1L Sierra, Silverado, Suburban & Yukon XL
      • Specifications
        • Cooling System Specifications
  • Engine Exhaust System
    • Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Exhaust
      • Symptoms - Engine Exhaust
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Restricted Exhaust
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Exhaust Leakage
      • Exhaust Noise
    • Repair Instructions
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Left (3.4L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Left (3.8L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Right (3.4L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Right (3.8L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Crossover Pipe Replacement (3.4L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Crossover Pipe Replacement (3.8L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Seal Replacement (3.4L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Seal Replacement (3.8L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement (3.4L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement (3.8L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Hanger Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Hanger Mounting Bracket Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Muffler Replacement (Dual)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Muffler Replacement (Single)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Converter Hanger Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description & Operation
      • Exhaust System Description
        • Notes
        • Resonator
        • Catalytic Converter
        • Muffler
    • Special Tools & Equipment
  • Mechanical
    • Engine Mechanical - 3.8L (On-Vehicle)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Engine Mechanical Specifications
        • Sealers, Adhesives & Lubricants
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Mechanical
        • Symptoms - Engine Mechanical
          • Strategy Based Diagnostics
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Base Engine Misfire Without Internal Engine Noises
        • Base Engine Misfire With Abnormal Internal Lower Engine Noises
        • Base Engine Misfire With Abnormal Valve Train Noise
        • Base Engine Misfire With Coolant Consumption
        • Base Engine Misfire With Excessive Oil Consumption
        • Engine Noise On Start-Up, But Only Lasting A Few Seconds
        • Upper Engine Noise, Regardless Of Engine Speed
        • Lower Engine Noise, Regardless Of Engine Speed
        • Engine Noise Under Load
        • Engine Will Not Crank - Crankshaft Will Not Rotate
        • Engine Compression Test
        • Cylinder Leakage Test
        • Oil Consumption Diagnosis
        • Oil Pressure Diagnosis & Testing
          • Low or No Oil Pressure
          • Oil Pressure Testing
        • Oil Leak Diagnosis
        • Crankcase Ventilation System Inspection/Diagnosis
        • Drive Belt Chirping Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Squeal Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Whine Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Rumbling Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Vibration Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Falls Off Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Excessive Wear Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Fuel Injector Sight Shield - Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt - Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Tensioner - Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Inspection
        • Engine Support Fixture
        • Engine Mount & Bracket - Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Strut - Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Strut - Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Strut Bracket - Replacement - Upper Radiator Support
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Strut Bracket - Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Strut Bracket - Replacement - Right Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) Valve - Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Level Indicator & Tube - Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Manifold - Replacement - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Manifold - Replacement - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover - Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover - Replacement - Right
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm & Push Rod - Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Stem Oil Seal & Valve Spring - Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Lifter - Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Balancer - Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal - Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Front Cover - Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump Cover & Gear Set - Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Filter Adapter & Bypass Valve Assembly - Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Timing Chain & Sprockets - Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cylinder Head (Left Side) - Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cylinder Head (Right Side) - Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pan - Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Pressure Sensor And/Or Switch - Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Level Sensor And/Or Switch - Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump Pipe & Screen Assembly - Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Connecting Rod Bearing - Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Flywheel - Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal - Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal & Housing - Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine - Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil & Oil Filter - Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rotating Engine For Service Access
      • Description & Operation
        • Crankcase Ventilation System Inspection/Description
          • Inspection/Description
        • Drive Belt System Description
        • Tools & Equipment
      • Special Tools & Equipment
    • Engine Mechanical - 3.8L (Unit Repair)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Engine Mechanical Specifications
        • Sealers, Adhesives & Lubricants
      • Component Locator
        • - Disassembled Views
        • Engine Identification
      • Repair Instructions
        • Draining Fluids & Oil Filter - Removal (L36)
        • Draining Fluids & Oil Filter - Removal (L67)
          • Draining the Engine
        • Crankshaft Balancer - Removal
        • Engine Flywheel - Removal (Automatic Transmission)
        • Engine Flywheel - Removal (Manual Transmission)
        • Drive Belt Tensioner (Left Side) - Removal (L67)
        • Drive Belt Tensioner (Right Side) - Removal
        • Drive Belt Idler Pulley - Removal (L67)
        • Drive Belt Idler Pulley Bracket - Removal (L67)
        • Oil Level Indicator & Tube - Removal
        • Water Outlet - Removal (L36)
        • Water Outlet - Removal (L67)
        • Water Pump - Removal
        • Supercharger - Removal
        • Intake Manifold (Upper) - Removal
        • Intake Manifold (Lower) - Removal (L36)
        • Intake Manifold (Lower) - Removal (L67)
        • Exhaust Manifold (Left Side) - Removal
        • Exhaust Manifold (Right Side) - Removal
        • Exhaust Manifold (Right Side) - Removal (With NC8)
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover (Right Side) - Removal
        • Valve Rocker Arm & Push Rod - Removal
        • Cylinder Head (Left Side) - Removal
        • Cylinder Head (Right Side) - Removal
        • Valve Lifter - Removal
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal - Removal
        • Engine Front Cover - Removal
        • Oil Filter Adapter - Removal
        • Timing Chain & Sprockets - Removal (L36)
        • Timing Chain & Sprockets - Removal (L67)
        • Balance Shaft - Removal
        • Camshaft - Removal
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal - Removal
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal & Housing - Removal
        • Oil Pan - Removal
        • Oil Pump Pipe & Screen Assembly - Removal
        • Piston, Connecting Rod & Bearing - Removal
        • Crankshaft And Bearings - Removal
        • Engine Block Plug - Removal
        • Camshaft Bearing - Removal
        • Balance Shaft Bearing And/Or Bushing - Removal
        • Engine Block - Cleaning & Inspection
        • Cylinder Boring & Honing
          • Boring Procedure
          • Honing Procedure
        • Crankshaft And Bearings - Cleaning And Inspection
          • Notes
          • Bearing Selection
          • Method A
          • Method B
        • Crankshaft Balancer - Cleaning & Inspection
        • Engine Flywheel - Cleaning & Inspection (Automatic Transmission)
        • Engine Flywheel - Cleaning & Inspection (Manual Transmission)
        • Piston & Connecting Rod - Disassemble
        • Piston, Connecting Rod & Bearings - Cleaning & Inspection
        • Piston & Connecting Rod - Assemble
        • Camshaft & Bearings - Cleaning & Inspection
        • Timing Chain & Sprockets - Cleaning & Inspection (L36)
        • Timing Chain & Sprockets - Cleaning & Inspection (L67)
        • Valve Rocker Arm & Push Rods - Cleaning & Inspection
        • Valve Lifters & Guides - Cleaning & Inspection
        • Cylinder Head - Disassemble
        • Cylinder Head - Cleaning & Inspection
        • Valve Guide Reaming/Valve & Seat Grinding
        • Cylinder Head - Assemble
        • Oil Pump - Disassemble
        • Oil Pump - Cleaning & Inspection
        • Engine Front Cover - Cleaning & Inspection
        • Oil Pump - Assemble
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover - Cleaning & Inspection
        • Oil Pan - Cleaning & Inspection
        • Supercharger - Cleaning & Inspection
        • Intake Manifold (Upper) - Cleaning & Inspection (L36)
        • Intake Manifold (Lower) - Cleaning & Inspection (L36)
        • Intake Manifold (Lower) - Cleaning & Inspection (L67)
        • Exhaust Manifold - Cleaning & Inspection
        • Water Pump - Cleaning & Inspection
        • Balance Shaft - Cleaning & Inspection
        • Thread Repair
        • Service Prior To Assembly
        • Balance Shaft Bearing And/Or Bushing - Installation
        • Camshaft Bearing - Installation
        • Engine Block Plug - Installation
        • Crankshaft And Bearings - Installation
        • Piston, Connecting Rod & Bearing - Installation
        • Oil Pump Pipe & Screen Assembly - Installation
        • Oil Pan - Installation
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal and Housing - Installation
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal - Installation
        • Camshaft - Installation
        • Balance Shaft - Installation
        • Timing Chain & Sprockets - Installation (L36)
        • Timing Chain & Sprockets - Installation (L67)
        • Oil Filter Adapter - Installation
        • Engine Front Cover - Installation
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal - Installation
        • Valve Lifter - Installation
        • Cylinder Head (Right Side) - Installation
        • Cylinder Head (Left Side) - Installation
        • Valve Rocker Arm & Push Rod - Installation
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover (Right Side) - Installation
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover (Left Side) - Installation
        • Exhaust Manifold (Right Side) - Installation
        • Exhaust Manifold (Right Side) - Installation (With NC8)
        • Exhaust Manifold (Left Side) - Installation
        • Intake Manifold (Lower) - Installation - (L36)
        • Intake Manifold (Lower) - Installation (L67)
        • Intake Manifold (Upper) - Installation
        • Supercharger - Installation
        • Water Pump - Installation
        • Water Outlet - Installation (L36)
        • Water Outlet - Installation (L67)
        • Oil Level Indicator & Tube - Installation
        • Drive Belt Idler Pulley Bracket - Installation (L67)
        • Drive Belt Idler Pulley - Installation (L67)
        • Drive Belt Tensioner (Right Side) - Installation
        • Drive Belt Tensioner (Left Side) - Installation (L67)
        • Engine Flywheel - Installation (Automatic Transmission)
        • Engine Flywheel - Installation (Manual Transmission)
        • Crankshaft Balancer - Installation
      • Description & Operation
        • Engine Component Description
          • Engine Construction
        • Supercharger Description & Operation
          • Description
          • Operation
        • New Product Information
          • Notes
          • Component Comparison
          • Fastener Changes
          • Torque Values and/or Fastener Tightening Strategies
          • Changed Engine Specifications
          • New Sealants And/Or Adhesives
          • Disassembly & Assembly Procedure Revisions
          • Engine Mechanical Diagnostic Procedure Revisions
          • New Special Tools Required
        • Lubrication Description
        • Cleanliness & Care
        • Replacing Engine Gaskets
        • Use Of RTV & Anaerobic Sealer
          • Notes
          • Applying RTV Sealer
          • Applying Anaerobic Sealer
        • Separating Parts
        • Tools & Equipment
      • Special Tools & Equipment
  • Starter
    • Starting System
      • Torque Specifications
      • Starter Motor Specifications
      • Wiring Diagrams
      • Component Locations
      • Diagnostic Information
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Electrical
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Definitions
        • DTC B1327
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Testing
        • DTC B1507
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Testing
        • DTC B1508
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Testing
        • DTC P0560
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Testing
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Testing
        • Engine Will Not Crank - Crankshaft Will Not Rotate
      • Replacement Procedures
        • Notes
        • Starter Motor
          • Removal (3.4L, LA1)
          • Installation
          • Removal (3.8L, L36)
      • Description & Operation
        • Starter
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
• Engine Performance
  • Engine Adjustments
    • Engine Mechanical
    • Valve Clearance
    • Ignition Timing
    • Idle Speed & Mixture
      • Notes
      • Idle Speed (4-Cylinder)
        • 1.9L (SC1, SC2, SL, SL1 & SL2)
        • 2.2L (L100, L200 & LW200)
        • 2.2L (Alero, Cavalier, Grand Am & Sunfire) & 2.4L (Cavalier & Sunfire)
      • Idle Speed (V6)
        • Notes
        • 3.0L (L300 & LW300)
        • 3.1L (Century, Malibu & Grand Prix), 3.4L (Alero & Grand Am) & 3.8L (Bonneville, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • 3.4L (Impala & Monte Carlo) & 3.8L (Grand Prix, Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • 3.5L (Aurora & Intrigue)
      • Idle Speed (V8)
        • Notes
        • 4.0L (Aurora) & 4.6L (DeVille, Eldorado & Seville)
      • Throttle Position Sensor
        • Notes
        • Throttle Position Sensor Learn (4.6L)
  • Application
    • Engine/VIN Breakdown
      • Engine/VIN Breakdown
        • Notes
        • Model/Year VIN Code Applications
        • Engine Code Location
  • Emissions
    • EGR Function Testing - General Motors Cars
      • EGR Function Testing - General Motors Cars
        • Test 1
          • Ported EGR Valve
        • Test 2
          • Negative Backpressure EGR Valve
        • Test 3
          • Positive Backpressure EGR Valve
        • Test 4
          • 1983-84 Pulse-Width Modulated EGR Valve
        • Test 5
          • 1985 Pulse-Width Modulated EGR Valve
        • Test 6
          • 1986 Pulse-Width Modulated EGR Valve
        • Test 7
          • 1987 Pulse-Width Modulated EGR Valve
        • Test 8
          • 1988 Pulse-Width Modulated EGR Valve
        • Test 9
          • Notes
          • 1988-1992 3.1L, 3.4L & 3.8L (Digital EGR Valve)
        • Test 10
          • 1990-91 - 2.3L "W" Body VIN D (Digital EGR Valve)
        • Test 11
          • 1988 2.8L "W" Body (Integrated Electronic EGR Valve)
        • Test 12
          • Integrated Electronic EGR Valve
        • Test 13
          • 4.5L
          • 4.6L
        • Test 14
          • 3.1L, 3.4L & 3.8L (Digital EGR Valve)
        • Test 15
          • Linear EGR Valve
        • Test 16
          • Metro
        • Test 17
    • Emission Applications
      • Emission Applications
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
  • Mode 6 - CHEVROLET Engines
    • Introduction
    • Class 2
    • GMLAN (Can) Except 3.6L
    • 2008 Equinox 3.6L
  • Pin Voltage Charts
    • Engine Control System - PID Value Charts - Cars
      • Introduction
      • PID Values
        • Notes
        • Scan Tool Data List Definitions
          • Engine Data 1
          • Engine Data 2
          • EGR Data
          • EVAP Data
          • Fuel Trim Data
          • Misfire Data
          • Output Driver Data
        • PID Value Tables
          • Notes
          • PID Values (Alero & Grand Am - 2.2L, Cavalier & Sunfire)
          • PID Values (Alero & Grand Am - 3.4L)
          • PID Values (Aurora & Intrigue - 3.5L)
          • PID Values (Aurora - 4.0L)
          • PID Values (Bonneville, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
          • PID Values (Camaro & Firebird - 3.8L)
          • PID Values (Camaro & Firebird - 5.7L)
          • PID Values (Century & Grand Prix - 3.1L)
          • PID Values (Corvette)
          • PID Values (DeVille, Eldorado & Seville)
          • PID Values (Grand Prix - 3.8L)
          • PID Values (Impala & Monte Carlo - 3.4L)
          • PID Values (Impala & Regal - 3.8L)
          • PID Values (Malibu)
          • PID Values (Prizm)
          • Engine Control System - PID Value Charts - Cars
          • PID Values (Saturn "L" Series - 2.2L)
          • PID Values (Saturn "L" Series - 3.0L)
          • PID Values (Saturn "S" Series)
  • Remove, Overhaul & Install
    • Engine Controls - Removal & Installation, Overhaul
      • Introduction
      • Air Induction Systems
        • Air Cleaner Assembly
          • Removal Procedure (3.1L)
          • Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure (3.8L)
        • Air Cleaner Intake Duct
          • Removal Procedure (3.1L)
          • Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure (3.8L)
        • Supercharger
          • Notes
          • Removal (3.8L - VIN 1)
          • Installation
        • Boost Control Solenoid
          • Removal & Installation (3.8L - VIN 1)
        • Bypass Valve Actuator
          • Removal & Installation (3.8L - VIN 1)
      • Computerized Engine Controls
        • Powertrain Control Module
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Engine Sensors & Switches
        • Camshaft Position Sensor
          • Removal & Installation
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor
          • Removal & Installation
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Removal & Installation
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
          • Removal & Installation
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor
          • Notes
          • Removal (3.1L & 3.4L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (3.8L)
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensor
          • Removal & Installation (3.1L)
          • Removal & Installation (3.4L & 3.8L)
        • Knock Sensor
          • Removal & Installation
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
          • Removal (3.1L & 3.4L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (3.8L - VIN K)
          • Removal (3.8L - VIN 1)
        • Mass Airflow Sensor
          • Removal (3.1L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (3.4L)
        • Engine Controls - Removal & Installation, Overhaul
          • Removal (3.8L)
          • Installation
        • Throttle Position Sensor
          • Removal (3.1L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (3.4L)
          • Removal (3.8L)
      • Cooling System
        • Cooling System Bleeding
      • Ignition Systems
        • Camshaft Position Sensor
          • Removal (3.1L & 3.4L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (3.8L)
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor
          • Removal (3.1L & 3.4L - CKP Sensor "A")
          • Installation
          • Removal (3.1L - CKP Sensor "B")
          • Removal (3.8L)
        • Ignition Coils
          • Removal & Installation
        • Ignition Control Module
          • Removal & Installation
        • Knock Sensor
          • Removal (3.1L & 3.4L)
          • Installation
          • Removal & Installation (3.8L)
        • Spark Plugs
          • Removal (3.1L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (3.4L & 3.8L)
      • Fuel Systems
        • Notes
        • Fuel System Pressure Release
        • Fuel Line Disconnect Fittings
          • Removal (Quick-Connect Fitting - With Metal Collar)
          • Installation
          • Removal (Quick-Connect Fitting - With Plastic Collar)
        • Fuel Filler Tube
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Fuel Filter
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Removal & Installation
        • Fuel Pressure Regulator
          • Removal (3.1L & 3.4L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (3.8L)
        • Fuel Pump
          • Removal & Installation
        • Fuel Rail & Injectors
          • Notes
          • Removal (3.1L & 3.4L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (3.8L - VIN K)
          • Removal (3.8L - VIN 1)
        • Fuel Sender Access Panel
          • Removal (Century, Grand Prix & Regal)
          • Installation
          • Removal (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • Fuel Sender Assembly
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Tank
          • Notes
          • Removal (3.1L & 3.4L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (3.8L)
        • Fuel Tank Draining
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
          • Removal & Installation
        • Idle Air Control Valve
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Throttle Body
          • Notes
          • Removal (3.1L & 3.4L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (3.8L - VIN K)
          • Removal (3.8L - VIN 1)
        • Throttle Body Cleaning Procedure
      • Emission Systems & Sub-Systems
        • EGR System Cleaning
        • EGR Valve
          • Notes
          • Removal (3.1L & 3.4L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (3.8L)
        • EGR Valve Pipe
          • Removal & Installation (3.1L & 3.4L)
          • Removal (3.8L - Inlet Pipe)
          • Installation
          • Removal & Installation (3.8L - Outlet Pipe)
        • EVAP Canister
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid
          • Notes
          • Removal (3.1L & 3.4L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (3.8L)
        • EVAP Canister Vent Valve
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • EVAP System Cleaning
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection Pump
          • Removal (3.8L - Grand Prix & Regal)
          • Installation
          • Removal (3.8L - Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • Secondary Air Injection Pump Outlet Pipe/Hose
          • Removal (3.8L)
          • Installation
        • Secondary Air Injection Shut-Off Valve
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (3.8L)
        • Secondary Air Injection Vacuum Control Solenoid
          • Removal & Installation (3.8L)
      • Miscellaneous
        • Left Front Fender Liner
          • Removal (3.8L - Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Installation
      • Torque Specifications
  • Engine Control System - Sensor Range Charts
    • Introduction
  • Specifications
    • Engine Control System - Service & Adjustment Specifications
      • Model Identification
      • Introduction
      • Capacities
        • Engine Oil Capacity
        • Cooling System Fluid Capacity
        • Automatic Transaxle/Transmission Fluid Capacity
        • Manual Transaxle/Transmission Fluid Capacity
        • Differential Fluid Capacity
      • Quick-Service
        • Service Intervals & Specifications
      • Mechanical Checks
        • Engine Compression
        • Valve Clearance
      • Ignition System
        • High Tension Wire Resistance
        • Spark Plugs
        • Firing Order
          • Notes
          • Firing Order (1.8L, 1.9L, 2.2L & 2.4L)
          • Firing Order (3.0L & 3.5L)
          • Firing Order (3.1L & 3.4L)
          • Firing Order (3.8L - Except "F" Body)
          • Firing Order (3.8L - "F" Body)
          • Firing Order (4.0L & 4.6L)
          • Firing Order (5.7L)
        • Ignition Timing
      • Fuel System
        • Fuel Pump
        • Injector Resistance
        • Idle Speed & Mixture
        • Throttle Position (TP) Sensor
    • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
      • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
        • Notes
        • 3 Cylinder Engine
          • Metro 1.0L
          • Buick, Chevrolet 1.2L, 1.3L
        • 4 Cylinder Engine
        • 5 Cylinder Engine
        • In-Line 6 Engine
        • V6 Engine
          • 3.5L VIN 4 V6 Engine
          • 3.8L & 4.3L V6 Engines
          • All Other V6 Engines Except 3.5L (VIN 4), 3.8L & 4.3L
        • 8 Cylinder Engine
          • 4.0L, 4.4L & 4.6L V8 Engines
          • 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & VIN K) & 7.4L V8 Engines
          • 6.6L Diesel V8 Engine
          • All Other V8 Engines Except 4.0L, 4.4L, 4.6L, 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & K), 7.4L & 6.6L
  • System
    • Engine Control System - Basic Diagnostic Procedures
      • Model Identification
      • Introduction
      • Preliminary Inspection & Adjustments
        • Visual Inspection
        • Mechanical Inspection
          • Compression
          • Exhaust System Backpressure
          • Diagnosis
      • No-Start Diagnosis
        • Notes
        • No Start - Engine Cranks Okay (1.9L)
          • Notes
          • General Inspection
          • No RPM Detected Diagnosis
          • Ignition System Diagnosis
          • Fuel Delivery Diagnosis
        • No Start - Engine Cranks Okay (2.2L & 2.4L - ALERO, Cavalier, Grand Am & SUNFIRE)
          • Notes
          • General Inspection
          • Ignition System Diagnosis
          • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit
          • Fuel System Diagnosis
        • No Start - Engine Cranks Okay (2.2L - SATURN)
          • Notes
          • General Inspection
          • No RPM Detected Diagnosis
          • Ignition System Diagnosis
          • Fuel Delivery Diagnosis
        • No Start - Engine Cranks Okay (3.0L - SATURN)
          • Notes
          • General Inspection
          • Ignition System Diagnosis
          • Fuel Delivery System
        • No Start - Engine Cranks Okay (3.1L & 3.4L)
          • Notes
          • General Inspection (3.1L Century & Malibu)
          • General Inspection (3.1L Grand Prix; 3.4L Alero & Grand Am)
          • General Inspection (3.4L Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Ignition Relay Diagnosis (3.1L Grand Prix; 3.4L Impala & Monte Carlo Only)
          • Fuel Injector Circuit Diagnosis (3.1L & 3.4L)
          • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis (3.1L Century & Grand Prix; 3.4L Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis (3.1L Malibu; 3.4L Alero & Grand Am)
          • Fuel System Diagnosis (3.1L & 3.4L)
          • Ignition System Diagnosis (3.1L & 3.4L)
        • No Start - Engine Cranks Okay (3.5L & 4.0L Aurora)
          • General Inspection
          • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
          • Fuel System Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • No Start - Engine Cranks Okay (3.5L - Intrigue)
          • Notes
          • General Inspection
          • Ignition Relay Diagnosis
          • Ignition System Diagnosis
          • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
          • Fuel System Diagnosis
        • No Start - Engine Cranks Okay (3.8L)
          • Notes
          • General Inspection (VIN K - Camaro & Firebird)
          • General Inspection (VIN K & 1 - Grand Prix)
          • General Inspection (VIN K - Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • General Inspection (VIN K - Park Avenue)
          • General Inspection (VIN K - LeSabre; VIN 1 - Bonneville & Park Avenue)
          • General Inspection (VIN K & 1 - Regal)
          • Ignition Relay Diagnosis (VIN K - Camaro, Firebird, Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Ignition Relay Diagnosis (VIN K & 1 - Grand Prix)
          • Ignition Relay Diagnosis (VIN K & 1 - Regal)
          • Ignition System Diagnosis (All Models)
          • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit (VIN K - Grand Prix)
          • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit (Except VIN K - Grand Prix)
          • Fuel System Diagnosis (All Models)
          • Fuel Injector Circuit (VIN K - Camaro, Firebird, Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Fuel Injector Circuit Diagnosis (VIN K & 1 - Bonneville, Grand Prix, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
          • Fuel Injector Circuit Diagnosis (VIN K & 1 - Regal)
        • No Start - Engine Cranks Okay (4.6L)
          • Notes
          • General Inspection
          • Ignition System Diagnosis
          • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit
        • No Start - Engine Cranks Okay (5.7L)
          • Notes
          • General Inspection
          • Ignition System Diagnosis ("F" Body)
          • Ignition System Diagnosis ("Y" Body)
          • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit ("F" Body)
          • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit ("Y" Body)
      • Basic Fuel System Checks
        • Notes
        • Fuel System Pressure Relief (Except SATURN)
        • Fuel System Pressure Relief (SATURN)
        • Fuel System Pressure Test (Except Aurora & SATURN)
        • Fuel System Pressure Test (Aurora)
        • Fuel System Pressure Test (SATURN)
      • Basic Ignition System Checks
        • Notes
        • Dis (1.9L, 2.2L, 3.0L, 3.1L, 3.4L, 3.5L & 5.7L)
          • Spark
          • Ignition Coil Power Source
          • Ignition Coil Resistance (Except 1.9L)
          • Ignition Coil Resistance (1.9L)
          • Ignition Relay Circuit (5.7L - "F" Body)
          • Ignition Relay Circuit (5.7L - "Y" Body)
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Output Signal
          • Tach Pulse (RPM) Signal
        • IDI (2.4L)
          • Spark
          • Ignition Coil Power Source
          • Ignition Coil Resistance
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Short & Resistance Checks
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Output Signal
          • Tach Pulse (RPM) Signal
        • C I (3.8L)
          • Spark
          • Ignition Coil Power Source
          • Ignition Coil Resistance
          • Tach Pulse (RPM) Signal
      • Idle Speed & Ignition Timing
      • Summary
    • Engine Control System Self-Diagnostics - 3.8L
      • Model Identification
      • Introduction
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
        • On-Board Diagnostics
          • Notes
          • Code Types
          • Freeze Frame/Failure Records
          • Monitors
        • Intermittent Conditions
          • Notes
          • Preliminary
          • Harness or Connector Intermittents
          • Electrical Connections or Wiring
          • Control Module Power & Grounds, & Component Power & Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) & Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect PCM Programming
          • Duplicating Failure Conditions
          • Scan Tool Snapshot
          • Vehicle Data Recorder
        • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Retrieving Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • Notes
          • Scan Tool
          • Disconnect Battery
          • Warm-up Cycles
        • Scan Tool Usage
          • Notes
          • Scan Tool Display
        • Powertrain Control Module Location
      • Programming
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor
        • Oil Life System
          • Bonneville, LeSabre & Park Avenue
          • Grand Prix
          • Impala & Monte Carlo
          • Regal
        • Powertrain Control Module
          • Remote Programming
          • Off-Board Programming
        • Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Bonneville, Grand Prix, LeSabre & Park Avenue
          • Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal
      • Inspection/Maintenance Procedures
        • Drive Cycles
        • Inspection/Maintenance System Check
          • Description
          • Conditions for Updating I/M System Status
          • Monitored Emission Control Systems
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Complete System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Air System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Catalyst System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Evaporative Emission System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Heated Oxygen Sensor/Oxygen Sensor System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Heated Oxygen Sensor Heater System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Summary
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code Definitions
      • Component Locations
      • Connector Identification
      • System Tests
        • Mil Inoperative
          • Notes
          • Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mil Always On
          • Notes
          • Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • Notes
        • DTC P0101: MAF System Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0102: MAF Sensor Circuit - Low Frequency
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0103: MAF Sensor Circuit - High Frequency
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0107: Map Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0108: Map Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0112: IAT Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0113: IAT Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0116: ECT Sensor Circuit Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0117: ECT Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0118: ECT Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0121: TP Sensor Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0122: TP Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0123: TP Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0125: ECT Excessive Time To Enter Closed Loop Fuel Control
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0128: ECT Less Than Thermostat Regulating Temperature
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0130: Low Activity - Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0131: Ho2S Circuit Low Voltage - Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0132: Ho2S Circuit High Voltage - Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0133: Ho2S Slow Response - Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0134: Ho2S Circuit Insufficient Activity - Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0135: Ho2S Heater Performance - Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0137: Ho2S Circuit Low Voltage - Sensor 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0138: Ho2S Circuit High Voltage - Sensor 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0140: Ho2S Circuit Insufficient Activity - Sensor 2 (Except Regal)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0140: Ho2S Circuit Insufficient Activity - Sensor 2 (Regal)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0141: Ho2S 2 Heater Performance - Sensor 2 (Except Regal)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0141: Ho2S 2 Heater Performance - Sensor 2 (Regal)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0171: Fuel Trim System Lean
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0172: Fuel Trim System Rich
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0201-P0206: Injector Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0230: Fuel Pump Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0243: Supercharger Boost Solenoid Control Circuit (VIN 1)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0300-P0306: Engine Misfire Detected
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0325: Knock Sensor Module Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0327 & P0332: Knock Sensor Circuit Bank 1 & 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0336: Crankshaft Position Sensor Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0341: Camshaft Position Sensor Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0401: EGR System Insufficient Flow
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0403: EGR Solenoid Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0404: EGR Open Position Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0405: EGR Position Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0410: Secondary Air Injection System
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0412: Secondary Air Injection Solenoid Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0418: Secondary Air Injection Relay Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0420: Catalyst System Low Efficiency
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0440: EVAP System
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0442: EVAP System Small Leak Detected
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0443: EVAP Purge Solenoid Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0446: EVAP Vent System Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0449: EVAP Vent Solenoid Valve Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0452: Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0453: Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0502: Vehicle Speed Sensor Circuit - Low Output
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0503: Vehicle Speed Sensor Circuit - Erratic Output
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0506: IAC System Rpm Low
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0507: IAC System Rpm High
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0560: System Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0601-P0607, P1600, P1621, P1627, P1680, P1681, P1683 & P2610: Pcm Internal Microprocessor Integrity
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0620: Generator Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0650: Malfunction Indicator Light Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0719: TCC Brake Switch Circuit - Low Input
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0724: TCC Brake Switch Circuit - High Input
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1106: Map Sensor Circuit Intermittent - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1107: Map Sensor Circuit Intermittent - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1112: IAT Sensor Circuit Intermittent - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1114: ECT Sensor Circuit Intermittent - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1115: ECT Sensor Circuit Intermittent - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1121: TP Sensor Circuit Intermittent - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1122: TP Sensor Circuit Intermittent - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1133: Ho2S Insufficient Switching - Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1134: Ho2S Transition Time Ratio - Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1336: CKP System Variation Not Learned
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1351: Ignition Control Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1352: Ignition By-Pass Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1361: Ignition Control Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1362: Ignition By-Pass Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1374: Crankshaft Position High-To-Low Resolution Frequency Correlation
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1380: Misfire Detected - Rough Road Data Not Available
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1381: Misfire Detected - No Communication With Brake Control Module
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1404: EGR Closed Position Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC (Except Grand Prix & Park Avenue)
          • Conditions For Running DTC (Grand Prix & Park Avenue)
          • Conditions For Setting DTC (Except Grand Prix & Park Avenue)
          • Conditions For Setting DTC (Grand Prix & Park Avenue)
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1441: EVAP System Flow During Non-Purge
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1635: 5-Volt Reference Circuit "A" Or No. 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1639: 5-Volt Reference Circuit "B" Or No. 2 (BONNEVILLE & Regal)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1639: 5-Volt Reference Circuit "B" Or No. 2 (Grand PRIX, Impala, LESABRE, Monte CARLO & Park Avenue)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1640: Output Driver Module Circuit No. 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1650: Output Driver Module Circuit No. 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1660: Output Driver Module Circuit No. 3
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1670: Output Driver Module Circuit No. 4
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
    • Engine Control System Testing & Engine Component Testing
      • Model Identification
      • Introduction
      • Air Induction Systems
        • Notes
        • Boost Control System (BONNEVILLE, Grand PRIX, Park Avenue & Regal)
          • Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
      • Computerized Engine Controls
        • Notes
        • Pcm Power & Ground Check
          • Notes
          • Ground Circuits
          • Power Circuits
          • PCM Harness Resistance
      • Engine Sensors & Switches
        • Notes
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor (3.1L & 3.4L)
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor (3.5L & 3.8L)
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Park Neutral Position Switch
      • Motors, Relays & Solenoids
        • Notes
        • Idle Air Control Motor
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Relay
        • Fuel Pump Relay
      • Fuel Systems (Gasoline)
        • Notes
        • Fuel Delivery
          • Notes
          • Fuel Pump Circuit
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test (Except SATURN)
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test (SATURN)
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test (Except SATURN)
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Injector Leak Test (1.9L)
        • Injector Leak Test (2.2L SATURN)
        • Injector Leak Test (3.0L)
        • Fuel Pump Relay
      • Fuel Systems (2.2L - Cavalier CNG)
        • Notes
        • Fuel Lock-Off Relay Diagnosis
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Fuel Pump Relay Diagnosis
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Fuel System Diagnosis
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel System Unwanted Switch To Gasoline
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Idle Control Systems
        • Notes
        • Idle Air Control System (2.2L, 2.4L, 3.1L, 3.4L, 3.5L, 3.8L, 4.0L & 4.6L)
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Ignition Systems
        • Notes
        • Ignition Relay Diagnosis (2.2L - Cavalier - CNG)
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Emission Systems & Subsystems
        • Notes
        • Air Injection
          • Electric AIR Pump
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION
          • Notes
          • Exhaust System Check (Except Saturn)
          • Exhaust System Check - Parked (Saturn)
          • Exhaust System Check - Road Test (Saturn)
        • Fuel Evaporation
          • Notes
          • EVAP Control System Diagnosis
        • Evaporative Emission System Cleaning
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Leak Test
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation
          • Required Service
          • Checking PCV Valve Function
      • Miscellaneous Controls
        • Notes
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Controls
        • Electric Cooling Fan
        • Transmission
      • Component Locations
        • Notes
        • Component Locations (2.2L VIN 4 & VIN F, & 2.4L VIN T - Cavalier & SUNFIRE - Gasoline)
        • Component Locations (2.2L VIN 4 - Cavalier - CNG)
        • Component Locations (2.2L VIN F - ALERO & Grand Am)
        • Component Locations (3.1L VIN J - Century)
        • Component Locations (3.1L VIN J - MALIBU)
        • Component Locations (3.1L VIN J - Grand PRIX)
        • Component Locations (3.4L VIN E - ALERO & Grand Am)
        • Component Locations (3.4L VIN E - Impala & Monte CARLO)
        • Component Locations (3.5L VIN H - Aurora)
        • Component Locations (3.5L VIN H - Intrigue)
        • Component Locations (3.8L VIN K & 1 - BONNEVILLE & LESABRE)
        • Component Locations (3.8L VIN K - CAMARO & Firebird)
        • Component Locations (3.8L VIN K & 1 - Grand PRIX)
        • Component Locations (3.8L VIN K - Impala & Monte CARLO)
        • Component Locations (3.8L VIN K & 1 - Park Avenue)
        • Component Locations (3.8L VIN K & 1 - Regal)
        • Component Locations (4.0L VIN C - Aurora)
        • Component Locations (4.6L VIN Y & 9 - DEVILLE, ELDORADO & SEVILLE)
        • Component Locations (5.7L VIN G - CAMARO & Firebird)
        • Component Locations (5.7L VIN G - Corvette)
        • Engine Component Locations (1.9L VIN 7 & 8 - SATURN)
        • Engine Component Locations (2.2L VIN F - SATURN)
        • Engine Component Locations (3.0L VIN R - SATURN)
        • Transmission Component Locations (1.9L VIN 7 & 8 - SATURN A/T)
        • Transmission Component Locations (1.9L VIN 7 & 8 - SATURN M/T)
    • Engine Control System Troubleshooting - No Codes
      • Introduction
      • Preliminary Inspection
      • Symptoms
        • Notes
        • Symptom Diagnosis
        • Cuts Out, Misses
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Cause & Correction
        • Detonation/Spark Knock
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Cause & Correction
        • Engine Backfires
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Cause & Correction
        • Engine Dieseling/Run-On
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Cause & Correction
        • Hard Start
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Cause & Correction
        • Hesitation, Sag Or Stumble
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Cause & Correction
        • Lack Of Power, Sluggish Or Spongy
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Cause & Correction
        • Poor Fuel Economy
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Cause & Correction
        • Poor Fuel Fill Quality
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Cause & Correction
          • Cause & Correction
        • Rough, Unstable Or Incorrect Idle & Stalling
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Cause & Correction
        • Vehicle Surges Or CHUGGLES
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Cause & Correction
      • INTERMITTENTS
        • Notes
        • Preliminary
        • Harness Or Connector INTERMITTENTS
        • Electrical Connections Or Wiring
        • Control Module Power & Grounds, & Component Power & Grounds
        • Temperature Sensitivity
        • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) & Electrical Noise
        • Incorrect Pcm Programming
        • Duplicating Failure Conditions
        • Scan Tool Snapshot
        • Vehicle Data Recorder
    • Engine Controls - Strategy Based Engine Diagnosis
      • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • Testing Wiring Systems For Intermittent & Poor Connections
      • Service Precautions
      • Intermittent Or Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
        • Round Wire Connectors
        • Flat Wire (Dock & Lock) Connectors
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Notes
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
        • Low Temperature Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
  • Testing & Diagnosis
    • Engine Control System - Basic Diagnostic Procedures
      • Model Identification
      • Introduction
      • Preliminary Inspection & Adjustments
        • Visual Inspection
        • Mechanical Inspection
          • Compression
          • Exhaust System Backpressure
          • Diagnosis
      • No-Start Diagnosis
        • Notes
        • No Start - Engine Cranks Okay (1.9L)
          • Notes
          • General Inspection
          • No RPM Detected Diagnosis
          • Ignition System Diagnosis
          • Fuel Delivery Diagnosis
        • No Start - Engine Cranks Okay (2.2L & 2.4L - ALERO, Cavalier, Grand Am & SUNFIRE)
          • Notes
          • General Inspection
          • Ignition System Diagnosis
          • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit
          • Fuel System Diagnosis
        • No Start - Engine Cranks Okay (2.2L - SATURN)
          • Notes
          • General Inspection
          • No RPM Detected Diagnosis
          • Ignition System Diagnosis
          • Fuel Delivery Diagnosis
        • No Start - Engine Cranks Okay (3.0L - SATURN)
          • Notes
          • General Inspection
          • Ignition System Diagnosis
          • Fuel Delivery System
        • No Start - Engine Cranks Okay (3.1L & 3.4L)
          • Notes
          • General Inspection (3.1L Century & Malibu)
          • General Inspection (3.1L Grand Prix; 3.4L Alero & Grand Am)
          • General Inspection (3.4L Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Ignition Relay Diagnosis (3.1L Grand Prix; 3.4L Impala & Monte Carlo Only)
          • Fuel Injector Circuit Diagnosis (3.1L & 3.4L)
          • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis (3.1L Century & Grand Prix; 3.4L Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis (3.1L Malibu; 3.4L Alero & Grand Am)
          • Fuel System Diagnosis (3.1L & 3.4L)
          • Ignition System Diagnosis (3.1L & 3.4L)
        • No Start - Engine Cranks Okay (3.5L & 4.0L Aurora)
          • General Inspection
          • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
          • Fuel System Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • No Start - Engine Cranks Okay (3.5L - Intrigue)
          • Notes
          • General Inspection
          • Ignition Relay Diagnosis
          • Ignition System Diagnosis
          • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
          • Fuel System Diagnosis
        • No Start - Engine Cranks Okay (3.8L)
          • Notes
          • General Inspection (VIN K - Camaro & Firebird)
          • General Inspection (VIN K & 1 - Grand Prix)
          • General Inspection (VIN K - Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • General Inspection (VIN K - Park Avenue)
          • General Inspection (VIN K - LeSabre; VIN 1 - Bonneville & Park Avenue)
          • General Inspection (VIN K & 1 - Regal)
          • Ignition Relay Diagnosis (VIN K - Camaro, Firebird, Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Ignition Relay Diagnosis (VIN K & 1 - Grand Prix)
          • Ignition Relay Diagnosis (VIN K & 1 - Regal)
          • Ignition System Diagnosis (All Models)
          • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit (VIN K - Grand Prix)
          • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit (Except VIN K - Grand Prix)
          • Fuel System Diagnosis (All Models)
          • Fuel Injector Circuit (VIN K - Camaro, Firebird, Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Fuel Injector Circuit Diagnosis (VIN K & 1 - Bonneville, Grand Prix, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
          • Fuel Injector Circuit Diagnosis (VIN K & 1 - Regal)
        • No Start - Engine Cranks Okay (4.6L)
          • Notes
          • General Inspection
          • Ignition System Diagnosis
          • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit
        • No Start - Engine Cranks Okay (5.7L)
          • Notes
          • General Inspection
          • Ignition System Diagnosis ("F" Body)
          • Ignition System Diagnosis ("Y" Body)
          • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit ("F" Body)
          • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit ("Y" Body)
      • Basic Fuel System Checks
        • Notes
        • Fuel System Pressure Relief (Except SATURN)
        • Fuel System Pressure Relief (SATURN)
        • Fuel System Pressure Test (Except Aurora & SATURN)
        • Fuel System Pressure Test (Aurora)
        • Fuel System Pressure Test (SATURN)
      • Basic Ignition System Checks
        • Notes
        • Dis (1.9L, 2.2L, 3.0L, 3.1L, 3.4L, 3.5L & 5.7L)
          • Spark
          • Ignition Coil Power Source
          • Ignition Coil Resistance (Except 1.9L)
          • Ignition Coil Resistance (1.9L)
          • Ignition Relay Circuit (5.7L - "F" Body)
          • Ignition Relay Circuit (5.7L - "Y" Body)
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Output Signal
          • Tach Pulse (RPM) Signal
        • IDI (2.4L)
          • Spark
          • Ignition Coil Power Source
          • Ignition Coil Resistance
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Short & Resistance Checks
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Output Signal
          • Tach Pulse (RPM) Signal
        • C I (3.8L)
          • Spark
          • Ignition Coil Power Source
          • Ignition Coil Resistance
          • Tach Pulse (RPM) Signal
      • Idle Speed & Ignition Timing
      • Summary
    • Engine Control System Self-Diagnostics - 3.8L
      • Model Identification
      • Introduction
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
        • On-Board Diagnostics
          • Notes
          • Code Types
          • Freeze Frame/Failure Records
          • Monitors
        • Intermittent Conditions
          • Notes
          • Preliminary
          • Harness or Connector Intermittents
          • Electrical Connections or Wiring
          • Control Module Power & Grounds, & Component Power & Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) & Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect PCM Programming
          • Duplicating Failure Conditions
          • Scan Tool Snapshot
          • Vehicle Data Recorder
        • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Retrieving Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • Notes
          • Scan Tool
          • Disconnect Battery
          • Warm-up Cycles
        • Scan Tool Usage
          • Notes
          • Scan Tool Display
        • Powertrain Control Module Location
      • Programming
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor
        • Oil Life System
          • Bonneville, LeSabre & Park Avenue
          • Grand Prix
          • Impala & Monte Carlo
          • Regal
        • Powertrain Control Module
          • Remote Programming
          • Off-Board Programming
        • Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Bonneville, Grand Prix, LeSabre & Park Avenue
          • Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal
      • Inspection/Maintenance Procedures
        • Drive Cycles
        • Inspection/Maintenance System Check
          • Description
          • Conditions for Updating I/M System Status
          • Monitored Emission Control Systems
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Complete System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Air System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Catalyst System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Evaporative Emission System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Heated Oxygen Sensor/Oxygen Sensor System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Heated Oxygen Sensor Heater System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Summary
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code Definitions
      • Component Locations
      • Connector Identification
      • System Tests
        • Mil Inoperative
          • Notes
          • Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mil Always On
          • Notes
          • Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • Notes
        • DTC P0101: MAF System Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0102: MAF Sensor Circuit - Low Frequency
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0103: MAF Sensor Circuit - High Frequency
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0107: Map Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0108: Map Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0112: IAT Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0113: IAT Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0116: ECT Sensor Circuit Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0117: ECT Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0118: ECT Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0121: TP Sensor Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0122: TP Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0123: TP Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0125: ECT Excessive Time To Enter Closed Loop Fuel Control
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0128: ECT Less Than Thermostat Regulating Temperature
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0130: Low Activity - Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0131: Ho2S Circuit Low Voltage - Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0132: Ho2S Circuit High Voltage - Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0133: Ho2S Slow Response - Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0134: Ho2S Circuit Insufficient Activity - Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0135: Ho2S Heater Performance - Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0137: Ho2S Circuit Low Voltage - Sensor 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0138: Ho2S Circuit High Voltage - Sensor 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0140: Ho2S Circuit Insufficient Activity - Sensor 2 (Except Regal)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0140: Ho2S Circuit Insufficient Activity - Sensor 2 (Regal)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0141: Ho2S 2 Heater Performance - Sensor 2 (Except Regal)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0141: Ho2S 2 Heater Performance - Sensor 2 (Regal)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0171: Fuel Trim System Lean
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0172: Fuel Trim System Rich
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0201-P0206: Injector Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0230: Fuel Pump Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0243: Supercharger Boost Solenoid Control Circuit (VIN 1)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0300-P0306: Engine Misfire Detected
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0325: Knock Sensor Module Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0327 & P0332: Knock Sensor Circuit Bank 1 & 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0336: Crankshaft Position Sensor Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0341: Camshaft Position Sensor Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0401: EGR System Insufficient Flow
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0403: EGR Solenoid Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0404: EGR Open Position Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0405: EGR Position Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0410: Secondary Air Injection System
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0412: Secondary Air Injection Solenoid Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0418: Secondary Air Injection Relay Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0420: Catalyst System Low Efficiency
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0440: EVAP System
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0442: EVAP System Small Leak Detected
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0443: EVAP Purge Solenoid Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0446: EVAP Vent System Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0449: EVAP Vent Solenoid Valve Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0452: Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0453: Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0502: Vehicle Speed Sensor Circuit - Low Output
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0503: Vehicle Speed Sensor Circuit - Erratic Output
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0506: IAC System Rpm Low
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0507: IAC System Rpm High
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0560: System Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0601-P0607, P1600, P1621, P1627, P1680, P1681, P1683 & P2610: Pcm Internal Microprocessor Integrity
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0620: Generator Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0650: Malfunction Indicator Light Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0719: TCC Brake Switch Circuit - Low Input
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0724: TCC Brake Switch Circuit - High Input
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1106: Map Sensor Circuit Intermittent - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1107: Map Sensor Circuit Intermittent - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1112: IAT Sensor Circuit Intermittent - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1114: ECT Sensor Circuit Intermittent - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1115: ECT Sensor Circuit Intermittent - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1121: TP Sensor Circuit Intermittent - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1122: TP Sensor Circuit Intermittent - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1133: Ho2S Insufficient Switching - Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1134: Ho2S Transition Time Ratio - Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1336: CKP System Variation Not Learned
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1351: Ignition Control Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1352: Ignition By-Pass Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1361: Ignition Control Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1362: Ignition By-Pass Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1374: Crankshaft Position High-To-Low Resolution Frequency Correlation
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1380: Misfire Detected - Rough Road Data Not Available
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1381: Misfire Detected - No Communication With Brake Control Module
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1404: EGR Closed Position Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC (Except Grand Prix & Park Avenue)
          • Conditions For Running DTC (Grand Prix & Park Avenue)
          • Conditions For Setting DTC (Except Grand Prix & Park Avenue)
          • Conditions For Setting DTC (Grand Prix & Park Avenue)
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1441: EVAP System Flow During Non-Purge
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1635: 5-Volt Reference Circuit "A" Or No. 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1639: 5-Volt Reference Circuit "B" Or No. 2 (BONNEVILLE & Regal)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1639: 5-Volt Reference Circuit "B" Or No. 2 (Grand PRIX, Impala, LESABRE, Monte CARLO & Park Avenue)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1640: Output Driver Module Circuit No. 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1650: Output Driver Module Circuit No. 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1660: Output Driver Module Circuit No. 3
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1670: Output Driver Module Circuit No. 4
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
    • Engine Control System Testing & Engine Component Testing
      • Model Identification
      • Introduction
      • Air Induction Systems
        • Notes
        • Boost Control System (BONNEVILLE, Grand PRIX, Park Avenue & Regal)
          • Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
      • Computerized Engine Controls
        • Notes
        • Pcm Power & Ground Check
          • Notes
          • Ground Circuits
          • Power Circuits
          • PCM Harness Resistance
      • Engine Sensors & Switches
        • Notes
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor (3.1L & 3.4L)
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor (3.5L & 3.8L)
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Park Neutral Position Switch
      • Motors, Relays & Solenoids
        • Notes
        • Idle Air Control Motor
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Relay
        • Fuel Pump Relay
      • Fuel Systems (Gasoline)
        • Notes
        • Fuel Delivery
          • Notes
          • Fuel Pump Circuit
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test (Except SATURN)
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test (SATURN)
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test (Except SATURN)
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Injector Leak Test (1.9L)
        • Injector Leak Test (2.2L SATURN)
        • Injector Leak Test (3.0L)
        • Fuel Pump Relay
      • Fuel Systems (2.2L - Cavalier CNG)
        • Notes
        • Fuel Lock-Off Relay Diagnosis
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Fuel Pump Relay Diagnosis
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Fuel System Diagnosis
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel System Unwanted Switch To Gasoline
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Idle Control Systems
        • Notes
        • Idle Air Control System (2.2L, 2.4L, 3.1L, 3.4L, 3.5L, 3.8L, 4.0L & 4.6L)
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Ignition Systems
        • Notes
        • Ignition Relay Diagnosis (2.2L - Cavalier - CNG)
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Emission Systems & Subsystems
        • Notes
        • Air Injection
          • Electric AIR Pump
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION
          • Notes
          • Exhaust System Check (Except Saturn)
          • Exhaust System Check - Parked (Saturn)
          • Exhaust System Check - Road Test (Saturn)
        • Fuel Evaporation
          • Notes
          • EVAP Control System Diagnosis
        • Evaporative Emission System Cleaning
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Leak Test
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation
          • Required Service
          • Checking PCV Valve Function
      • Miscellaneous Controls
        • Notes
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Controls
        • Electric Cooling Fan
        • Transmission
      • Component Locations
        • Notes
        • Component Locations (2.2L VIN 4 & VIN F, & 2.4L VIN T - Cavalier & SUNFIRE - Gasoline)
        • Component Locations (2.2L VIN 4 - Cavalier - CNG)
        • Component Locations (2.2L VIN F - ALERO & Grand Am)
        • Component Locations (3.1L VIN J - Century)
        • Component Locations (3.1L VIN J - MALIBU)
        • Component Locations (3.1L VIN J - Grand PRIX)
        • Component Locations (3.4L VIN E - ALERO & Grand Am)
        • Component Locations (3.4L VIN E - Impala & Monte CARLO)
        • Component Locations (3.5L VIN H - Aurora)
        • Component Locations (3.5L VIN H - Intrigue)
        • Component Locations (3.8L VIN K & 1 - BONNEVILLE & LESABRE)
        • Component Locations (3.8L VIN K - CAMARO & Firebird)
        • Component Locations (3.8L VIN K & 1 - Grand PRIX)
        • Component Locations (3.8L VIN K - Impala & Monte CARLO)
        • Component Locations (3.8L VIN K & 1 - Park Avenue)
        • Component Locations (3.8L VIN K & 1 - Regal)
        • Component Locations (4.0L VIN C - Aurora)
        • Component Locations (4.6L VIN Y & 9 - DEVILLE, ELDORADO & SEVILLE)
        • Component Locations (5.7L VIN G - CAMARO & Firebird)
        • Component Locations (5.7L VIN G - Corvette)
        • Engine Component Locations (1.9L VIN 7 & 8 - SATURN)
        • Engine Component Locations (2.2L VIN F - SATURN)
        • Engine Component Locations (3.0L VIN R - SATURN)
        • Transmission Component Locations (1.9L VIN 7 & 8 - SATURN A/T)
        • Transmission Component Locations (1.9L VIN 7 & 8 - SATURN M/T)
    • Engine Control System Troubleshooting - No Codes
      • Introduction
      • Preliminary Inspection
      • Symptoms
        • Notes
        • Symptom Diagnosis
        • Cuts Out, Misses
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Cause & Correction
        • Detonation/Spark Knock
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Cause & Correction
        • Engine Backfires
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Cause & Correction
        • Engine Dieseling/Run-On
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Cause & Correction
        • Hard Start
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Cause & Correction
        • Hesitation, Sag Or Stumble
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Cause & Correction
        • Lack Of Power, Sluggish Or Spongy
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Cause & Correction
        • Poor Fuel Economy
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Cause & Correction
        • Poor Fuel Fill Quality
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Cause & Correction
          • Cause & Correction
        • Rough, Unstable Or Incorrect Idle & Stalling
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Cause & Correction
        • Vehicle Surges Or CHUGGLES
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Cause & Correction
      • INTERMITTENTS
        • Notes
        • Preliminary
        • Harness Or Connector INTERMITTENTS
        • Electrical Connections Or Wiring
        • Control Module Power & Grounds, & Component Power & Grounds
        • Temperature Sensitivity
        • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) & Electrical Noise
        • Incorrect Pcm Programming
        • Duplicating Failure Conditions
        • Scan Tool Snapshot
        • Vehicle Data Recorder
    • Engine Controls - Strategy Based Engine Diagnosis
      • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • Testing Wiring Systems For Intermittent & Poor Connections
      • Service Precautions
      • Intermittent Or Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
        • Round Wire Connectors
        • Flat Wire (Dock & Lock) Connectors
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Notes
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
        • Low Temperature Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
  • Theory and Operation
    • Engine Control System - Theory & Operation
      • Introduction
      • Air Induction Systems
        • Airflow Sensing
          • Mass Airflow Sensor
          • Speed Density
        • Supercharger (3.8L VIN 1)
      • Computerized Engine Controls
        • Notes
        • Powertrain Control Module
          • Notes
          • Torque Management
        • Input Devices
          • Notes
          • A/C Request Signal
          • A/C Pressure Sensor
          • A/C Pressure Switches
          • A/C Temperature Sensors
          • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor (3.0L)
          • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor (5.7L)
          • Battery Voltage
          • Brake Switch Feedback
          • Camshaft Position Sensor (2.2L & 2.4L)
          • Camshaft Position Sensor (3.0L)
          • Camshaft Position Sensor (3.1L & 3.4L)
          • Camshaft Position Sensor (3.5L, 4.0L, 4.6L & 5.7L)
          • Camshaft Position Sensor (3.8L)
          • Crankshaft (7X) Sensor (1.9L, 2.2L & 2.4L)
          • Crankshaft Sensor (3.0L)
          • Crankshaft (3X/7X & 24X) Sensor (3.1L & 3.4L)
          • Crankshaft Sensor (3.5L, 4.0L & 4.6L)
          • Crankshaft (3X/18X) Sensor (3.8L)
          • Crankshaft (4X/24X) Sensor (5.7L)
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
          • Gear Switches
          • Generator "L" Light Circuit
          • Generator "F" Field Circuit
          • Ignition/Crank Signal
          • Intake Air Temperature Sensor
          • Knock Sensor
          • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
          • Mass Airflow Sensor
          • Oxygen Sensor (Sensor 1 - 1.9L)
          • Oxygen Sensors (Except Sensor 1 - 1.9L & Sensor 1 - 3.0L)
          • Oxygen Sensors (Sensor 1 - 3.0L)
          • RPM Reference Signal
          • Throttle Position Sensor
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Output Signals
          • Notes
          • A/C Compressor Clutch
          • Air Injection System
          • Boost Control Solenoid (Supercharger)
          • Canister Purge Control Solenoid
          • Coil-Near-Plug Ignition
          • Computer Controlled Coil Ignition (C I)
          • Cooling Fan Relay
          • Digital EGR Valve
          • Direct Ignition System
          • EGR Control Solenoid
          • Electronic Variable Orifice Actuator
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Pump & Fuel Pump Relay
          • HOT Light Or Coolant Temperature (TEMP) Light
          • Idle Air Control Valve
          • Integrated Direct Ignition
          • Linear EGR Valve
          • Knock Sensor Operation
          • Malfunction Indicator Light
          • Self-Diagnostics
          • Serial Data
          • Shift Light
          • Shift Solenoids (Electronically-Controlled Transmission)
          • Throttle Actuator
          • Torque Converter Clutch
      • Fuel Systems
        • Fuel Delivery
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Pump Relay
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator
        • Fuel Control (Except 3.0L)
          • Notes
          • Starting Mode
          • Clear Flood Mode
          • Run Mode
          • Acceleration Mode
          • Deceleration Mode
          • Battery Voltage Correction Mode
          • Fuel Cut-Off Mode
          • Short Term Fuel Trim
          • Long Term Fuel Trim
        • Fuel Control (3.0L)
        • Idle Speed
          • Notes
          • Idle Air Control Valve
      • Ignition Systems
        • Dis (3.0L, 3.5L, 4.0L & 4.6L)
          • Notes
          • Modes of Operation
        • Coil-Near-Plug Ignition (5.7L)
          • Notes
          • Modes of Operation
        • Computer Controlled Coil Ignition (3.8L)
          • Notes
          • Modes of Operation
        • Electronic Ignition (1.9L)
          • Notes
          • Ignition Control
          • Compression Sense Ignition
          • Spark Knock Control
        • Electronic Ignition (2.2L - VIN 4 & 2.4L)
          • Notes
          • Modes of Operation
        • Electronic Ignition (2.2L - VIN F)
          • Notes
          • Modes of Operation
      • Emission Systems
        • Notes
        • Secondary Air Injection System
          • Notes
          • AIR Pump (Electric)
          • AIR Shut Off Valve
          • AIR Vacuum Control Solenoid
          • Check Valves
          • Plumbing
        • Catalytic Converter
          • Three-Way Catalytic Converter
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION
          • Notes
          • Linear EGR System
        • Evaporative Emission Control
          • Notes
          • EVAP Canister
          • EVAP Purge Solenoid
          • EVAP Vent Solenoid
          • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
          • EVAP Service Port
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation
      • Self-Diagnostic Systems
        • Description
        • Malfunction Indicator Light
        • Monitors
          • Description
          • Conditions For Updating I/M System Status
          • Monitored Emission Control Systems
        • Serial Data
      • Throttle Actuator Control System
        • Throttle Actuator Control
          • 3.0L
          • 5.7L
      • Miscellaneous Controls
        • Notes
        • A/C Compressor Clutch
          • Notes
          • A/C Pressure Sensor
        • Electric Cooling Fan
        • Electronic Variable Orifice Actuator
        • Hot Light Or Coolant Temperature Light
        • Transmission
          • Torque Converter Clutch (Electronic Transaxle/Transmission)
          • Electronic Transmission
          • Shift Light (Except Corvette)
          • 1-To-4 Light (Corvette)
          • 2nd & 3rd Gear Block-Out Relay (Camaro, Corvette & Firebird)
          • Reverse Lockout
  • Engine Vacuum Diagrams
    • Introduction
    • Emission Control Device Abbreviations
    • Vacuum Hose Diagram(S)
  • Engine Performance Wiring Diagrams
    • Wiring Diagrams
      • ALERO & Grand Am
      • Astro & Safari
      • Aurora
      • Avalanche, Escalade, Escalade Ext, Sierra, SILVERADO, Suburban, TAHOE, YUKON & YUKON XL
      • AZTEK
      • Blazer, Jimmy CANADIAN, SONOMA & S10 Pickup
      • BONNEVILLE & LESABRE
      • BRAVADA, Envoy, Envoy XL & Trailblazer
      • CAMARO & Firebird
      • Cavalier & SUNFIRE
      • Century
      • Chevy Express & SAVANA
      • Corvette
      • DEVILLE
      • ELDORADO
      • Grand PRIX
      • Impala & Monte CARLO
      • Intrigue
      • MALIBU
      • MONTANA, Silhouette & Venture
      • Park Avenue
      • PRIZM
      • Regal
      • SATURN (L Series)
      • SATURN (S Series)
      • SEVILLE
      • Tracker
      • VUE
• General Information
  • Abbreviations
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
  • Basic Trouble Shooting
    • Basic Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Accessories & Electrical
        • Charging System Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
      • Air Conditioning & Heat
        • Air Conditioning Trouble Shooting
        • Heater System Trouble Shooting
      • Brakes
        • Brake System Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Mechanical
        • Cooling System Trouble Shooting
        • Gasoline Engine - Mechanical Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Performance
        • Carburetor Trouble Shooting:
        • Diesel Engine Trouble Shooting
        • Fuel Injection Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
        • Tune-Up Trouble Shooting - Gas Engine Vehicles
        • Vacuum Pump - Diesel Trouble Shooting
      • Manual Transmission
        • Manual Transmission Trouble Shooting
      • Powertrain
        • Clutch Trouble Shooting
        • Drive Axle - Noise Diagnosis
          • Unrelated Noises
          • Non-Drive Axle Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Chuckle
          • Knock
          • Clunk
          • Bearing Whine
          • Bearing Rumble
          • Chatter On Turns
          • Axle Shaft Noise
          • Vibration
        • Drive Axle - RWD Trouble Shooting
        • Fwd Axle Shafts & CV Joints Trouble Shooting
      • Steering & Suspension
        • Manual Steering Gear Trouble Shooting
        • Power Steering Trouble Shooting
        • Steering Column Trouble Shooting
        • Suspension Trouble Shooting
        • Wheel Alignment Trouble Shooting
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Engine Performance - Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Engine Performance
  • Brakes
    • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions
    • Map - Brake Systems
      • Brake Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accelerometers
        • Accumulators
        • Anchor Pins
        • Anti-Lock Brake Control Assembly(Module)
        • Anti-Lock Brake Controller
        • Anti-Lock Brake Systems
        • Axle Seal
        • Backing Plates
        • Bleeder Screw
        • Brake Abs Active Light (Blue)
        • Brake Fluid
        • Brake Friction Material
        • Brake On - Off Switch
        • Brake Pads
        • Brake Pedals
        • Brake Shoe Hardware
        • Brake Shoes
        • Brake Stoplight Switches
        • Brake Warning Light (Amber)
        • Brake Warning Light (Red)
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs And LEDS
        • Caliper Hardware
        • Caliper Mounting Pin
        • Caliper Piston
        • Caliper Shim
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt) Dust Boot
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt)
        • Calipers
        • Combination Valve
        • Controllers
        • Digital Ratio Axle Controllers And Buffers (Drab And Dram)
        • Disable Switches
        • Drums
        • Electrical Brake Pumps
        • Electrical Park Motor
        • Electrical Pumps And Motors
        • Electro-Magnetic Interference
        • Electronic Brake Control Modulator
        • Electronic Brake Distribution
        • Electronic Brake Traction Control Module
        • Electronic Controllers
        • Electronic Traction Control
        • External Brake Cable
        • Flow Control Valve
        • Fluid Level Sensor Switches
        • Fluid
        • Four Wheel Drive Switches
        • Friction Material
        • G Sensors
        • Gaskets
        • Gravitational Switches
        • Grease Seal
        • Height Sensing Proportioning Valve
        • High Pressure Accumulator
        • Hoses
        • Hub
        • Hydraulic Control Unit
        • Hydraulic Modulators
        • Hydro-Boosters
        • Hydro-Electric Boosters (POWERMASTER)
        • Ignition Disable Switches
        • Lamp Driver Relay
        • Lateral Acceleration Switches
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Low Pressure Accumulator
        • Lug Nut
        • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
        • Master Cylinders
        • Modulators
        • Motor Pack
        • Motors
        • Pads
        • Parking Brake Cable
        • Parking Brake Mechanism
        • Parking Brake Shoes
        • Parking Brake Switches
        • Parking Brake Systems
        • Pedal Travel Switches
        • Pedals
        • Power Distribution Center
        • POWERMASTER
        • Pressure Differential Switches
        • Pressure Switches
        • Pressure Transducers
        • Proportioning Valve
        • Pumps
        • Relays
        • RELUCTOR (Speed) Ring
        • Rotors
        • Self-Adjusting Systems
        • Shoe Hardware
        • Shoes
        • Sockets
        • Speed Sensor (RELUCTOR) Ring
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Star Wheel
        • Steel Brake Lines
        • Stoplight Switches
        • Stroke Sensor
        • Switches
        • Tires
        • Tone Ring
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Traction Control System (TCS)
        • Transfer Tubes
        • Vacuum Boosters
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Valves
        • Wear Indicator
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheel Cylinders
        • Wiring Harnesses
        • Yaw Rate Sensor
      • Brake System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Map - Routine Inspection Reference Guide
      • Routine Inspection Reference Guide
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Maintenance Overview
          • Antifreeze/Coolant
          • Visual Inspection
          • Radiator Cap Test
          • Engine Fan
          • Cooling System Power Flush And Refill
          • Belts (Except Timing Belts)
          • Belt TENSIONER
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Exchange & Filter Replacement
          • Engine Oil
          • Air Filters
          • Cabin Air Filter
          • Brake Fluid
          • Battery
          • Battery Cables
          • Power Steering
          • Power Steering Fluid
          • Wiper Blades
        • Routine Inspection CHECKSHEET
        • Routine Inspection - UICS
          • Brake Systems
            • Notes
            • Brake Fluid
            • Bulbs And LEDS
            • Hoses
            • Lenses
            • Lug Nut
            • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
            • Parking Brake Cable
            • Vacuum Hoses
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
          • Drivetrain And Transmission
            • Notes
            • Automatic Transmission Fluid
            • Clutch Master Cylinders
            • Cooler Lines
            • Coolers
            • Differential Fluid
            • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Filters And Screens
            • Fluids And Lubricants
            • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
            • Hydraulic Fluid
            • Lubricants
            • Manual Transmission Fluid
            • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
            • Transfer Case Fluid
            • Vacuum Hoses
          • Electrical Systems
            • Batteries
            • Battery Cables
            • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
            • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
            • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
            • Ground Cables And Straps
            • Ground Straps
            • Lenses
            • Sealed Beams
            • Washer Pumps
            • Wiper Arms And Blades
            • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
            • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
          • Engine Performance And Maintenance
            • Notes
            • Accessory Belts
            • Air Filter Elements
            • Air Filter Gaskets
            • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
            • Air Pump Belts
            • Batteries
            • Battery Connectors
            • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
            • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
            • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
            • Coolant Recovery Tanks
            • Coolant
            • Distributor Caps
            • Distributor Rotors
            • Engine Cooling Systems
            • Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
            • Engine Oil
            • Fuel Filters
            • Fuel Injector Cleaning
            • Fuel Injectors
            • Fuel System Cleaning Service
            • Hose Clamps
            • Hose Connectors
            • Hose Couplers
            • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
            • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
            • Intake Cleaning
            • O2 Sensors
            • PCV Breather Elements
            • PCV Valves
            • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
            • Spark Plugs
            • Thermostats And Housings
            • Throttle Body Cleaning
            • Timing Belts
            • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
          • Exhaust Systems
            • Notes
            • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
          • Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning Systems
            • Notes
            • Belts
            • Cabin Air Filters
            • Coolant
            • Evaporator Drain Tubes
            • Evaporator Filters
            • In-Line Filters
            • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
          • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
            • Notes
            • Hydraulic Hoses
            • Power Steering Belts
            • Power Steering Fluid
            • Power Steering Hoses
            • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
            • Strut Rods
            • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
            • Tire Pressure Sensors
            • Tires
            • Valve Stems
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
      • Wheel & Tire Supplement
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
        • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
        • Wheel & Tire - UICS
          • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
          • Tire Pressure Sensors
          • Tires
          • Wheel Alignment
          • Wheel Attachment Hardware
          • Wheels (Rims)
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Check Lists
    • Symptom Check List Worksheet - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose
        • Notes
        • Why Use the Symptom Check List Worksheets?
        • Making the Worksheets a Part of Your Normal Routine
      • Symptom Check List Worksheets
        • Condensed Version - All On One Page
        • Full Version - All On Four Pages
        • Individual System-Based Check Lists
  • Computer Relearn Procedures
    • Introduction
      • Body Controls
      • Engine Controls
    • CHRYSLER Corp.
      • A/C Calibration (Caravan, Town & Country, & Voyager)
        • Description
        • Procedure
      • A/C Calibration (CONCORDE, Intrepid & 300M)
      • Body Control Module (CONCORDE, Intrepid, SEBRING Convertible, SEBRING Sedan, Stratus Sedan & 300M)
      • Drive Learn Procedure (DAKOTA - 4.7L, DURANGO - 4.7L & Ram Pickup 1500 - 4.7L)
        • Notes
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth 1st Neutral To Drive Shift
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth Neutral To Drive Garage Shift
        • Procedure To Learn The 1st 2-3 Shift After A Restart Or Shift To Reverse
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth 2-3 & 3-4 Upshift
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth 4-3 Coastdown & Part Throttle 4-3 Kickdown
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth 1-2 Upshift & 3-2 Kickdown
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth Manual 2-1 Pulldown Shift As Well As A Neutral To Reverse Shift
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth Neutral To Reverse Shift
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth 4-5 Upshift for 545RFE
      • Engine Control Module Programming (Diesel)
      • Immobilizer System (SEBRING Coupe & Stratus Coupe)
        • Notes
        • Encrypted Code Registration
        • Key ID Registration
      • Instrument Cluster (Ram Van & Ram Wagon)
      • Pinion Factor Procedure
        • Except Concorde, Durango - With NGC, Intrepid & 300M
        • Concorde, Durango - With NGC, Intrepid & 300M
      • Power Liftgate Learn Cycle (Caravan & Town & Country)
        • Description
        • Procedure
      • Power Sliding Door Learn Cycle (Caravan & Town & Country)
        • Description
        • Procedure
      • Powertrain Control Module Programming (Except Ram Pickup 2500 & 3500 - Gasoline, Ram Van & Ram Wagon)
      • Powertrain Control Module Programming (Ram Pickup 2500 & 3500 - Gasoline, Ram Van & Ram Wagon)
      • Sentry Key Immobilizer Module Programming
      • Programming Ignition Keys To Sentry Key Immobilizer Module
        • Using Scan Tool
        • Programming Ignition Keys Using Customer Learn Method
      • Torque Converter Clutch Break-In Procedure (CONCORDE, Intrepid & 300M)
        • Description
        • Break-In Procedure
      • Transmission Shift Quality Quick Learn Procedure (DAKOTA - 4.7L, DURANGO - 4.7L & Ram Pickup 1500 - 4.7L)
      • Transaxle Shift Quality Quick Learn Procedure
      • Vehicle DRIVEABILITY Computer Relearn Procedure
    • Ford Motor Co.
      • Notes
      • Control Module Programming
        • Notes
        • Programmable Module Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Lock Actuator Module Parameter Reset (LS - Manual Transmission Only)
      • Customer Preferences
      • Instrument Cluster Programming
        • Notes
        • Instrument Cluster Programming Procedure "A"
        • Instrument Cluster Programming Procedure "B"
        • Security Access Procedure
      • Power Sliding Door Initialization (WINDSTAR Only)
      • Programming Powertrain Control Module (All Models)
        • Notes
        • Description
        • Flash Vehicle Identification (VID) Block Procedure
      • Rear Ride Height Initializing Procedure (BLACKWOOD Only)
        • Calibration Procedure
    • General Motors (Cars)
      • Notes
      • Crankshaft Position Sensor System Variation Learn Procedure
        • Alero, Aurora - 4.0L, Bonneville, Cavalier - 2.2L, Century, Corvette, Deville, Eldorado, Grand Am, Grand Prix, Impala, LeSabre, Malibu, Monte Carlo, Park Avenue, Regal, Seville & Sunfire - 2.2L
        • Camaro & Firebird - 3.8L
        • Camaro & Firebird - 5.7L
        • Cavalier & Sunfire - 2.4L
        • Intrigue - 3.5L
        • Saturn - 1.9L
        • Saturn - 2.2L
      • Engine Control Module
        • Saturn - 3.0L
      • Idle Air Control Valve Learn Procedure
        • Deville, Eldorado & Seville
      • Powertrain Control Module
        • Alero - 2.2L, Cavalier, Grand Am - 2.2L, Saturn - 1.9L & Sunfire
        • Remote Programming (Alero - 3.4L, Aurora, Bonneville, Camaro, Century, Deville, Eldorado, Firebird, Grand Am, Grand Prix, Impala, Intrigue, LeSabre, Malibu, Monte Carlo, Park Avenue, Regal & Seville)
        • Off-Board Programming (Alero - 3.4L, Aurora, Bonneville, Camaro, Century, Deville, Eldorado, Firebird, Grand Am, Grand Prix, Impala, Intrigue, LeSabre, Malibu, Monte Carlo, Park Avenue, Regal & Seville)
        • Remote Programming (Corvette)
        • Off-Board Programming (Corvette)
      • Theft Deterrent System Components
        • 10-Minute Learn Procedure (Alero, Cavalier, Century, Corvette, Grand Am, Impala, Malibu, Monte Carlo, Regal & Sunfire)
        • 30-Minute Learn Procedure (Alero, Cavalier, Century, Corvette, Grand Am, Impala, Malibu, Monte Carlo, Regal & Sunfire)
        • Set Up A New Theft Deterrent Control Module (Aurora, Bonneville, Deville, Eldorado, Intrigue, LeSabre, Park Avenue & Seville)
        • 10-Minute Learn Procedure (Aurora, Bonneville, Deville, Eldorado, Intrigue, LeSabre, Park Avenue & Seville)
        • 30-Minute Learn Procedure (Aurora, Bonneville, Deville, Eldorado, Intrigue, LeSabre, Park Avenue & Seville)
        • Passlock™ Anti-Theft Seed & Key Method (Saturn - 1.9L)
        • Passlock™ Anti-Theft Auto Learn Method (Saturn - 1.9L)
        • Auto Learn Method (Saturn - 2.2L & 3.0L)
        • Saturn Service Stall Method (Saturn - 2.2L & 3.0L)
      • Throttle Body Relearn Procedure
        • Saturn - 3.0L
      • Throttle Position Sensor Learn Procedure
        • Deville, Eldorado & Seville
    • General Motors (Trucks & Vans)
      • Notes
      • Crankshaft Position Sensor System Variation Learn Procedure
        • Avalanche, Astro, Aztek, Blazer, Bravada, Cab & Chassis - 8.1L, Chevy Express - 4.3L, 5.0L, 5.7L & 8.1L, Cutaway - 5.7L & 8.1L, Envoy, Envoy XL, Escalade, Escalade EXT, Jimmy Canadian, Montana, Rendezvous, RV Cutaway - 5.7L & 8.1L, S10 Pickup, Safari, Savana - 4.3L, 5.0L, 5.7L & 8.1L, Savana Camper Special -5.7L & 8.1L, Savana Special - 5.7L & 8.1L, Sierra - 4.3L, 4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L & 8.1L, Silhouette, Silverado - 4.3L, 4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L & 8.1L, Sonoma, Suburban, Tahoe, Trailblazer, Venture, Yukon & Yukon XL
        • Vue - 2.2L
      • Engine Control Module Programming
        • Remote Programming (Sierra & Silverado - 6.6L)
        • Off-Board Programming (Sierra & Silverado - 6.6L)
        • Vue - 2.2L
        • Vue - 3.0L
      • Fuel Injection Pump Top Dead Center Offset Adjustment
        • Learning A TDC Offset (Cab & Chassis, Chevy Express, Cutaway, RV Cutaway, Savana, Savana Camper Special & Savana Special - 6.5L)
      • Glow Plug System Relearn Procedure
        • Cab & Chassis, Chevy Express, Cutaway, RV Cutaway, Savana, Savana Camper Special & Savana Special - 6.5L
      • Powertrain Control Module
        • Remote Programming (Avalanche, Astro, Aztek, Blazer, Bravada, Cab & Chassis - 8.1L, Chevy Express - 5.0L, 5.7L & 8.1L, Cutaway - 5.7L & 8.1L, Envoy, Envoy XL, Escalade, Escalade EXT, Jimmy Canadian, Montana, Rendezvous, RV Cutaway - 5.7L & 8.1L, S10 Pickup - 4.3L, Safari, Savana - 5.0L, 5.7L & 8.1L, Savana Camper Special - 5.7L & 8.1L, Savana Special - 5.7L & 8.1L, Sierra - 4.3L, 4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L & 8.1L, Silhouette, Silverado - 4.3L, 4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L & 8.1L, Sonoma - 4.3L, Suburban, Tahoe, Trailblazer, Venture, Yukon & Yukon XL)
        • Off-Board Programming (Avalanche, Astro, Aztek, Blazer, Bravada, Cab & Chassis - 8.1L, Chevy Express - 5.0L, 5.7L & 8.1L, Cutaway - 5.7L & 8.1L, Envoy, Envoy XL, Escalade, Escalade EXT, Jimmy Canadian, Montana, Rendezvous, RV Cutaway - 5.7L & 8.1L, S10 Pickup - 4.3L, Safari, Savana - 5.0L, 5.7L & 8.1L, Savana Camper Special - 5.7L & 8.1L, Savana Special - 5.7L & 8.1L, Sierra - 4.3L, 4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L & 8.1L, Silhouette, Silverado - 4.3L, 4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L & 8.1L, Sonoma - 4.3L, Suburban, Tahoe, Trailblazer, Venture, Yukon & Yukon XL)
        • PCM Programming (Cab & Chassis, Chevy Express, Cutaway, RV Cutaway, Savana, Savana Camper Special & Savana Special - 6.5L)
        • Programming TDC Offset (Cab & Chassis, Chevy Express, Cutaway, RV Cutaway, Savana, Savana Camper Special & Savana Special - 6.5L)
        • PCM Programming (S10 Pickup - 2.2L, Sonoma - 2.2L & Tracker)
      • Theft Deterrent System Components
        • 10-Minute Learn Procedure (Avalanche, Astro, Blazer, Cab & Chassis, Chevy Express, Cutaway, Escalade, Escalade EXT, Jimmy Canadian, RV Cutaway, S10 Pickup, Safari, Savana, Savana Camper Special & Savana Special, Sierra, Silverado, Sonoma, Suburban, Tahoe, Yukon & Yukon XL)
        • 30-Minute Learn Procedure (Avalanche, Astro, Blazer, Cab & Chassis, Chevy Express, Cutaway, Escalade, Escalade EXT, Jimmy Canadian, RV Cutaway, S10 Pickup, Safari, Savana, Savana Camper Special & Savana Special, Sierra, Silverado, Sonoma, Suburban, Tahoe, Yukon & Yukon XL)
        • Set Up a New Theft Deterrent Control Module (Aztek, Montana, Rendezvous, Silhouette & Venture)
        • 10-Minute Learn Procedure (Aztek, Montana, Rendezvous, Silhouette & Venture)
        • 30-Minute Learn Procedure (Aztek, Montana, Rendezvous, Silhouette & Venture)
        • 10 Minute Learn Procedure With Standard Key (Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL & Trailblazer)
        • 30 Minute Learn Procedure With Standard Key (Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL & Trailblazer)
        • Procedure To Set Up New Theft Deterrent Control Module With Transponder Key (Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL & Trailblazer)
        • 10 Minute Re-Learn Procedure (Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL & Trailblazer)
        • Auto Learn Method (Vue)
        • Saturn Service Stall Method (Vue)
      • Throttle Body Relearn Procedure
        • Vue - 3.0L
    • Jeep
      • Drive Learn Procedure (Grand CHEROKEE & Liberty)
        • Notes
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth 1st Neutral To Drive Shift
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth Neutral To Drive Garage Shift
        • Procedure To Learn The 1st 2-3 Shift After A Restart Or Shift To Reverse
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth 2-3 & 3-4 Upshift
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth 4-3 Coastdown & Part Throttle 4-3 Kickdown
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth 1-2 Upshift & 3-2 Kickdown
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth Manual 2-1 Pulldown Shift As Well As A Neutral To Reverse Shift
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth Neutral To Reverse Shift
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth 4-5 Upshift for 545RFE
      • Powertrain Control Module Programming
        • Notes
        • Updating Secret Key Data
      • Sentry Key Immobilizer Module Programming
      • Programming Ignition Keys To Sentry Key Immobilizer Module
        • Using Scan Tool
        • Using Customer Learn Method
      • Shift Quality Quick-Learn Procedure (Grand CHEROKEE & Liberty)
        • Overview
        • Quick-Learn Procedure
  • OBD-II Drive Cycles - 2001-03
    • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
      • Notes
      • Drive Cycle
        • Description
        • Enable Conditions
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
  • Driveline/Axles
    • Drive Axle Noise Diagnosis - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Unrelated Noises
      • Non-Drive Axle Noises
      • Gear Noise
      • Chuckle
      • Knock
      • Clunk
      • Bearing Whine
      • Bearing Rumble
      • Chatter On Turns
      • Axle Shaft Noise
      • Vibration
    • Gear Tooth Contact Patterns - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Gear Backlash & Pinion Shim Changes
    • Map - Drive Train & Transmission
      • Drive Train & Transmission Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Drivetrain And Transmission
        • Notes
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Automatic Transmission / Transaxle Assemblies/CVTS
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid
        • Axles
        • Bearings And Races
        • Bell Cranks
        • Bell Housings
        • Bushings (External)
        • Cables (Speedometer)
        • Cables (TV, Detent And Shift)
        • Carrier Bearings
        • Clutch Cables And Cable Housings
        • Clutch Discs (Manual Transmissions)
        • Clutch Forks
        • Clutch Linkages (Mechanical)
        • Clutch Master Cylinders
        • Clutch Pedals
        • Clutch Pivots
        • Clutch Pressure Plates
        • Clutch Release Bearings
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Concentric)
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Conventional Or External)
        • Companion Flanges
        • Connectors
        • Cooler Bypass Valves
        • Cooler Lines
        • Coolers
        • CV Joints
        • Differential And Final Drive Assemblies
        • Differential Fluid
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks (Fluid Level Indicators)
        • Dowel Pins, Guides And Pilot Holes
        • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Drive Shaft Flanges
        • Drive Shafts And Half Shafts
        • Dust Boots
        • Engine Mounts
        • Exciter Rings
        • Filler Tubes
        • Filters And Screens
        • Flanges
        • Flex Plates
        • Fluid Level Indicators
        • Fluids And Lubricants
        • Flywheels
        • Force Motors
        • Gaskets
        • Guides
        • Half Shafts
        • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
        • Housings (Bell, Case, Tail(Extension) And Auxiliary)
        • Hydraulic Fluid
        • Intermediate Shaft Support Bearings
        • Key Interlock Systems
        • Limited Slips
        • Lines
        • Linkages (External)
        • Locking Hub Assemblies
        • Locking Hub Control Knobs
        • Lubricants
        • Manual Transmission Fluid
        • Manual Transmission/Transaxle Assemblies
        • Metal Clad Seals
        • METALASTIC Joints
        • Modulator Pins
        • Modulators
        • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
        • Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Oil Pans
        • Pans
        • Pilot Holes
        • Pressure Plates
        • Pressure Switches
        • Races
        • Rubber Joints (METALASTIC)
        • Screens
        • Seals (Metal Clad)
        • Seals
        • Selector Interlock Systems
        • Sensors
        • Servos
        • Shift Interlock Systems (Selector And Key Interlock Systems)
        • Side Covers
        • Slip Yokes
        • Solenoids
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Speedometer- Driven Gear Housing
        • Speedometer/Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Speedometer/Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Speedometers/Odometers (Electronic)
        • Switches
        • Tone Wheels
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Torque Converters
        • Transaxle Mounts
        • Transducers (Transmission)
        • Transfer Case Assemblies
        • Transfer Case Fluid
        • Transmission Coolers
        • Transmission Mounts
        • Transmission Pans
        • Transmission Range Indicators (PRNDL)
        • Tubes
        • Universal Joints (CARDAN Or Cross Type)
        • Vacuum Controls
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Vacuum Motors
        • Vacuum-Operated Switches
        • Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Vents
        • Vibration Dampers
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Speed Sensors
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
        • Yokes And Slip Yokes
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Trouble Shooting - Clutches - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • All Models
  • DTC Index
    • Air Bag DTCS
    • Anti-Lock Brake DTCS
    • Anti-Theft DTCS
    • Automatic Transmission (4T65-E) DTCS
    • Body Control Module DTCS
    • Cellular Communication DTCS
    • Charging DTCS
    • Cruise Control DTCS
    • Data Link Communication DTCS
    • Engine Performance - 3.4L DTCS
    • Engine Performance - 3.8L DTCS
    • HVAC, Manual DTCS
    • Instrument Panel DTCS
    • Lighting DTCS
    • Power Door Locks & Trunk Release DTCS
    • Remote Keyless Entry DTCS
    • Retained Accessory Power DTCS
    • Starting DTCS
    • Steering Column (Horn) Switch DTCS
    • Tire Pressure Monitor DTCS
  • Electrical
    • Map - Electrical Systems
      • Electrical Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Actuator Motors (Electric)
        • Actuator Motors (Vacuum)
        • Air Bags
        • Alternators And Generators
        • Amplifiers
        • Antennas
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Cables
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belts
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
        • Cd Players
        • Cigarette Lighter Assemblies
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Clutch Switches
        • Connectors
        • Control Modules
        • Cruise Control Brake Switches
        • Cruise Control Cables
        • Cruise Control Clutch Switches
        • Cruise Control Linkages And Cables
        • Cruise Control Reservoirs
        • Cruise Control Tubes
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Dump Release Valves
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And
        • Cruise Control Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Defoggers
        • Defrosters
        • Delays
        • Dimmers
        • Electric Heaters
        • Equalizers
        • Fuse Blocks
        • Fuse Boxes And Blocks
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gauges
        • Generators
        • Ground Cables And Straps
        • Ground Straps
        • Headlight Adjusters
        • Heating Elements (Defrosters, Defoggers, Electric Heaters And Seats)
        • Horns And Sirens
        • Ignition Switches
        • Indicator Lights
        • Keyless Entry Keypads And Transmitters
        • Keyless Entry Transmitters
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Microphones
        • Mirrors (ELECTROCHROMATIC And Heated)
        • Motors
        • Neutral Safety Switches
        • Odometers, Speedometers And Tachometers (Cable Driven)
        • Odometers
        • Power Distribution Center
        • Pulleys
        • Receivers, Amplifiers, Equalizers And Sub-Woofer Volume Controls
        • Relay Boxes
        • Relays
        • Sealed Beams
        • Seat Heaters
        • Security Alarm Sensors
        • Sirens
        • Solenoids
        • Speakers And Microphones
        • Speedometer And Tachometer Linkages And Cables
        • Speedometer Cables
        • Speedometers
        • Starters
        • Sub-Woofer Volume Control
        • Switches
        • Tachometer Cables
        • Tachometers
        • Tape Players And Cd Players
        • TENSIONERS
        • Timers
        • Transceivers
        • Transducers
        • Vacuum Accumulators (Reservoirs)
        • Voltage Regulators
        • Washer Fluid Level Senders
        • Washer Pumps
        • Wiper Arms And Blades
        • Wiper Blades
        • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
        • Wiper Linkages
        • Wiper Nozzles
        • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Battery, Starting & Charging System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Testing Wiring Systems For Intermittent & Poor Connections
      • Service Precautions
      • Intermittent Or Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
        • Round Wire Connectors
        • Flat Wire (Dock & Lock) Connectors
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Notes
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
        • Low Temperature Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
  • Engine
    • Engine Overhaul Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Engine Identification
      • Inspection Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Magnetic Particle Inspection
          • Notes
          • Magnaflux & Magnaglo
        • Penetrant Inspection
          • Notes
          • Zyglo
          • Dye Check
        • Ultrasonic Inspection
        • X-Ray Inspection
        • Pressure Testing
      • Cleaning Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Bead Blasting
        • Chemical Cleaning
      • Component Cleaning
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Sheet Metal Parts
        • Intake & Exhaust Manifolds
      • Cylinder Head Replacement
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Installation
        • Valve Adjustment
      • Cylinder Head Overhaul
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cylinder Head Disassembly
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning & Inspection
        • Valve Springs
        • Valve Guide
          • Notes
          • Measuring Valve Guide Clearance
          • Reaming Valve Guide
          • Replacing Valve Guide
        • Valves & Valve Seats
          • Notes
          • Valve Grinding
          • Valve Lapping
          • Valve Seat Grinding
          • Valve Seat Replacement
          • Valve Seat Concentricity
        • Cylinder Head Reassembly
          • Notes
          • Valve Stem Installed Height
        • Valve Stem Oil Seals
          • Notes
          • Replacement (On-Vehicle)
        • Valve Spring Installed Height
        • Rocker Arms & Assemblies
          • Notes
          • Rocker Studs
          • Rocker Arms & Shafts
        • Push Rods
        • Lifters
          • Notes
          • Hydraulic Lifters
          • Mechanical Lifters
      • Pistons, Connecting Rods & Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Ridge Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Cleaning
          • Inspection
        • Piston & Cylinder Bore Fit
        • Assembling Piston & Connecting Rod
        • Checking Piston Ring Clearances
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Installation
        • Connecting Rod Side Clearance
        • Main & Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance
          • Notes
          • Plastigage Method
          • Micrometer & Telescopic Gauge Method
      • Crankshaft & Main Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Installation
        • Crankshaft End Play
          • Notes
          • Dial Indicator Method
          • Feeler Gauge Method
        • Cylinder Block
          • Notes
          • Block Cleaning
          • Block Inspection
          • Cylinder Bore Inspection
          • Cylinder Honing
          • Deck Warpage
          • Deck Height
          • Main Bearing Bore & Alignment
          • Expansion Plug Removal
          • Expansion Plug Installation
          • Oil Gallery Plug Removal
          • Oil Gallery Plug Installation
      • Camshaft
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Camshaft Bearings
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Camshaft Installation
        • Camshaft End Play
      • Timing Chains & Belts
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Chains
        • Timing Belts
        • Tension Adjustment
      • Timing Gears
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Gear Backlash & RUNOUT
        • Rear Main Oil Seal Installation
          • Notes
          • One-Piece Type Seal
          • Rope Type Seal
          • Split-Rubber Type Seal
      • Oil Pump
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Rotor Type
        • Gear Type
      • Break-In Procedure
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Engine Pre-Oiling
        • Initial Start-Up
        • Camshaft
        • Piston Rings
        • Final Adjustments
    • General Cooling System Service - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Maintenance
        • Draining
        • Flushing
          • Notes
          • Radiator
          • Engine Block
        • Refilling
      • Testing
        • Thermostat
        • Pressure Testing
          • Notes
          • Radiator Cap
          • Cooling System
  • Engine Performance
    • Electrostatic Discharge Warning - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Introduction
      • Handling Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
      • Checking Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
    • Engine Performance Diagnostic Routine Outline - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Where Does DRIVEABILITY Diagnosis Start?
        • Perform Basic Inspection
        • Check For Trouble Codes
        • Diagnose Symptom
        • Test System
    • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
      • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
    • Map - Engine Performance & Maintenance
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance (Including Exhaust Systems)
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Engine Performance & Maintenance CHECKSHEET
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance
        • Notes
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
        • Accessory Belts
        • Accessory Pulleys
        • Air Conditioning Cycling Switches
        • Air Conditioning Pressure Sensors
        • Air Ducts And Tubes
        • Air Filter Elements
        • Air Filter Gaskets
        • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
        • Air Fuel Ratio Sensors
        • Air Injection Control Solenoids
        • Air Plenums
        • Air Pump Belts
        • Air Pumps (Electric Driven)
        • Air Tubes
        • Aspirator, Check And DECEL Valves
        • Baffles
        • Ballast Primary Supply Resistor Wires
        • Ballast Resistors And Primary Supply Resistors
        • Barometric Pressure Sensors
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Connectors
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
        • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
        • Belt-Driven Air Pumps
        • Boost Control Mechanism
        • Camshaft Position Sensors
        • Carburetors And Chokes
        • Casting Core Plugs And Expansion Plugs
        • Charge Air Coolers ""INTERCOOLERS"" (CAC)
        • Check Valves
        • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Chokes
        • Clutch Pedal Position Switches
        • Cold Start Injectors
        • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
        • Connectors
        • Coolant Recovery Tanks
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Motor Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Relays And Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Resistors
        • Cooling Fan Motor Sensors And Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motor Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Crankshaft Position Sensors
        • Cylinder Deactivation Solenoid
        • Cylinder Head Assemblies
        • DECEL Valves
        • Deflectors
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks And Tubes
        • Distributor Advances And Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Boots And Shields
        • Distributor Caps
        • Distributor Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Rotors
        • Distributor Shields
        • Distributors
        • Early Fuel Evaporation Valves (Heat Riser Assemblies)
        • EGR Coolers
        • EGR Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Intake And Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Plates And Coolers
        • Electronic Spark Control Modules
        • Electronic Transmission Control Devices
        • Electronic Transmission Feedback Devices
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensors
        • Engine Cooling Systems
        • Engine Covers (Oil Pan, Valve Cover, Timing Cover)
        • Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Engine Oil Canisters
        • Engine Oil Coolers (External)
        • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
        • Engine Oil Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gauges (Mechanical)
        • Engine Oil
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Filters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Devices
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canisters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Feedback Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Feedback Devices
        • Expansion Plugs
        • Fan Control Sensor
        • Fuel Accumulators And Dampers
        • Fuel And Cold Start Injectors
        • Fuel Caps
        • Fuel Dampers
        • Fuel Delivery Check Valves
        • Fuel Distributors (BOSCH Cis)
        • Fuel Filler Necks And RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel Filters
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning
        • Fuel Injectors
        • Fuel Level Senders
        • Fuel Pressure Regulators
        • Fuel Pumps (In-Tank, External, Electrical Or Mechanical)
        • Fuel Rails
        • Fuel RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel System Cleaning Service
        • Fuel Tanks
        • Fuel
        • Gaskets
        • Grommets (Valve Cover)
        • Harmonic Dampers
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Hose Clamps
        • Hose Connectors
        • Hose Couplers
        • Hoses And Tube Couplers, Connectors And Clamps
        • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
        • Housings
        • Idle Air Controls
        • Idle Speed Control Actuators
        • Ignition Boots
        • Ignition Coil Towers
        • Ignition Coils
        • Ignition Control Modules (ICM)
        • Ignition Switches
        • Ignition Terminals
        • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
        • Inertia Fuel Shut-Off Switches
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensors
        • Intake Cleaning
        • Intake Manifolds
        • In-Tank Fuel Strainers
        • INTERCOOLERS
        • Knock Sensors
        • Liquid Vapor Separators
        • Long Block Assemblies
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (Map) Sensors
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensors
        • Metal Air Manifolds And Pipes
        • Metal Air Pipes
        • Mix Control Solenoids
        • Motor Mounts
        • O2 Sensors
        • Oil Pans
        • Oil Pressure Sending Units
        • Oil Pump Pick-Up Screens
        • Oil Pumps
        • O-Rings, Gaskets, Seals And Spring Locks
        • Park Neutral Position Switches
        • PCV Breather Elements
        • PCV Orifices
        • PCV Valves
        • Pick-Up Assemblies (Includes Magnetic, Hall Effect And Optical)
        • Power Steering Pressure Sensors
        • Powertrain Control Modules (Pcm) And Prom
        • Powertrain Control Prom
        • Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Blades
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiators
        • Roll Over Valves
        • Sealing Compounds
        • Seals
        • Secondary Air Injection System Management Devices
        • Sensors
        • Short Block Assemblies
        • Shrouds, Baffles And Deflectors
        • Spark Plugs
        • Spring Locks
        • Super Chargers
        • Switches
        • Thermal Vacuum Valves
        • Thermostatic Air Door Assemblies
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Throttle Bodies
        • Throttle Body Cleaning
        • Throttle Cables
        • Throttle Linkages And Cables
        • Throttle Position Sensors
        • Throttle Position Switches
        • Timing Belt Sprockets
        • Timing Belts
        • Timing Covers
        • Torque Struts
        • Transmission Range Switches
        • Tube Clamps
        • Tube Connectors
        • Tube Couplers
        • Tubes
        • Turbo Chargers
        • Vacuum Connections
        • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
        • Vacuum Regulator Solenoids
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valve Covers
        • Vehicle Speed Senors
        • Volume Air Flow Sensors
        • Waste Gate And Boost Control Mechanisms
        • Waste Gate Control Solenoids
        • Water Pumps (Electric)
        • Water Pumps (Non-Electric)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Parasitic Load Explanation & Test Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • General Information
      • Testing For Parasitic Load
        • Notes
        • CHRYSLER Ignition Off Draw (IOD) Test
        • Test Procedure Using Test Switch
        • Intermittent Parasitic Load Problems
        • Diode Check & Solenoid Test
        • Quad Driver Test
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
    • Waveforms - Injector Pattern Tutorial - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose Of This Article
        • Notes
        • Scope Of This Article
      • Is A Lab Scope Necessary?
        • Introduction
        • Overview Of NOID Light
          • Notes
          • Use the Right Noid Light
        • Overview Of DVOM
          • Notes
          • Checking Injector Resistance
          • Checking Available Voltage At the Injector
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Built-In Function
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Dwell Or Duty
          • How A Duty Cycle Meter and Dwell Meter Work
          • Strengths of Dwell/Duty Meter
          • Weaknesses of Dwell/Duty Meter
      • The Two Types Of Injector Drivers
        • Notes
        • Overview
        • Voltage Controlled Circuit ("Saturated Switch")
        • Current Controlled Circuit ("Peak & Hold")
      • The Two Ways Injector Circuits Are Wired
      • Interpreting Injector Waveforms
        • Notes
        • Interpreting A Voltage Controlled Pattern
        • Interpreting A Current Controlled Pattern
      • Current Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
      • Voltage Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
  • Map - Exhaust Systems
    • Exhaust Systems
      • Notes
      • Map Standards Of Service
      • The Map Process - Overview
      • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Catalytic Converters
      • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
      • Exhaust Connections
      • Hangers
      • Heat Risers (Mechanical EFE Devices)
      • Heat Shields
      • Manifolds (Cast And Tube Type)
      • Mechanical EFE Devices
      • Muffler Valve
      • Mufflers And Resonators
    • Reason Code Explanation
  • Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
    • Map - Heating, Ventilation, & Air Conditioning
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accumulators
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Air Conditioning Fittings
        • Air Conditioning Hoses
        • Air Conditioning Metal Lines
        • Air Control Doors
        • Air Dams (External)
        • Air Distribution System
        • Belts
        • Blend Doors
        • Blower Fans (Blower Wheel Or Squirrel Cage)
        • Blower Motors
        • Blower Resistors
        • Blower Switches
        • Cabin Air Filters
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Compressor Clutch Assemblies
        • Compressors
        • Condenser Air Seals
        • Condenser Fan Motors
        • Condensers
        • Connectors
        • Control Cables
        • Control Heads (Function Selectors)
        • Control Linkages
        • Control Modules
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Blades
        • Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Evaporator Drain Tubes
        • Evaporator Filters
        • Evaporator Pressure Regulators (EPRS)
        • Evaporators
        • Expansion Valves
        • Function Selectors
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gaskets
        • Heater Cases
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Heater Hoses
        • High Pressure Relief Valves (HPRV)
        • Idlers
        • In-Line Filters
        • Metal Fittings
        • Metal Lines
        • Mix And Air Control Doors (Blend Doors)
        • ORIFACE Tubes
        • O-Rings
        • Pilot-Operated Absolutes (POAS)
        • Plenums
        • Pressure Control Valves
        • Pressure Sensors
        • Pulleys
        • Radiators
        • Receiver-DRIERS
        • Refrigerant Oil
        • Refrigerant
        • Relays
        • Seals
        • Service Ports
        • Spring Lock Couplings
        • Suction Throttling Valves (STVS)
        • Switches (Electrical)
        • TENSIONERS
        • Thermistors And Pressure Sensors
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
        • Vacuum Reservoirs
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valves In Receiver (VIRS)
        • Water Pumps (Electric Auxiliary)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Identification
    • CANADIAN Model Cross-Reference
      • * Please Read This First *
      • ACURA
      • ASUNA
      • AUDI
      • BMW
      • CHRYSLER Corp.
        • CHRYSLER
        • Dodge
        • Eagle
        • PLYMOUTH
      • General Motors
        • BUICK
        • CHEVROLET
        • GMC
        • OLDSMOBILE
        • Optima
        • PONTIAC
      • HYUNDAI
      • Jaguar
      • KIA
      • MAZDA
      • MERCEDES-BENZ
      • Mercury
      • MERKUR
      • MITSUBISHI
      • NISSAN
      • RENAULT
      • SATURN
      • Smart
      • SUBARU
      • SUZUKI
      • TOYOTA
      • VOLKSWAGEN
      • VOLVO
      • All Others
  • Metric Conversions
    • Engine Displacement Conversion Table - ECAT
      • Conversion Table
    • Metric Conversions
      • Metric Conversions
        • Notes
        • Length
        • Volume
        • Torque
        • Pressure
      • Conversion Factors
  • OEM General Information
    • Engine Controls - Strategy Based Engine Diagnosis
      • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • Gm Vehicles Cautions & Notices
      • Cautions & Notices
        • Definition Of Caution, Notice, & Important
          • Notes
          • CAUTION Defined
          • NOTICE Defined
          • IMPORTANT Defined
        • Abs Component Handling Caution
        • Actions To Take When Working With Fuel Caution
        • Approved Equipment For Collision Repair Caution
        • Assistant Driving Caution
        • Batteries Produce Explosive Gases Caution
        • Battery Disconnect Caution
        • Brake Dust Caution
        • Brake Fluid Irritant Caution
        • Brake Pipe Replacement Caution
        • Breathing R-134A Caution
        • Cleaning Solvent Caution
        • Clutch Dust Caution
        • Defroster Outlet Caution
        • Door Outer Panel Replacement Caution
        • Electric Coolant Fan Caution
        • Express Window Down Caution
        • Eye Protection Caution
        • Foam Sound DEADENERS Caution
        • Floor Jack Caution
        • Fuel & EVAP Pipe Caution
        • Fuel Gage Leak Caution
        • Fuel Pipe Fitting Caution
        • Fuel Rail Stop Bracket Installation Caution
        • Fuel Storage Caution
        • Fuel Vapors In Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Components Caution
        • Gasoline/Gasoline Vapors Caution
        • Glass & Sheet Metal Handling Caution
        • Halogen Bulb Caution
        • Hood Hold-Open Device Caution
        • Hot Exhaust System Caution
        • Lower O-Ring Removal Caution
        • Moving Parts & Hot Surfaces Caution
        • Protective Goggles & Glove Caution
        • Radiator Cap Removal Caution
        • Relieving Fuel Pressure Caution
        • Replacement Carpet Caution
        • Road Test Caution
        • Safety Glasses Caution
        • Safety Glasses & Compressed Air Caution
        • Safety Goggles & Fuel Caution
        • Servicing The Sir System Caution
        • Sir Caution
        • Sir Deployed Inflator Modules Are Hot Caution
        • Sir Handling Caution
        • Sir Inflator Module Coil Caution
        • Sir Inflatable Module Deployment Outside Vehicle Caution
        • Sir Inflator Module Disposal Caution
        • Sir Inflator Module Handling & Storage Caution
        • Sir Special Tool Caution
        • Tilt Spring Caution
        • Valve Springs Can Be Tightly Compressed Caution
        • Vehicle Lifting Caution
        • Window Retention Caution
        • Work Stall Test Caution
        • Air In The Power Steering System Notice
        • Anti-Corrosion Materials Notice
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Notice
        • Belt Dressing Notice
        • Brake Caliper Notice
        • Brake Caliper Supporting To Prevent Hose Damage Notice
        • Brake Fluid Effects On Paint & Electrical Components Notice
        • Clean, Dry, Low Pressure Gas Source Notice
        • CLEARCOAT/Ultraviolet Screeners Notice
        • Component Fastener Tightening Notice
        • Differential Housing Cover & Gasket Removal Notice
        • Do Not Depress Brake Pedal With Rotors/Drums Removed Notice
        • Electrical Wiring Routing Notice
        • Emission Modification Notice
        • Engine Emission Notice
        • Engine Lifting Notice
        • Engine Mounting Notice
        • Excessive Force & Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Exhaust System Inspection Notice
        • Exterior Trim Emblem Removal Notice
        • Fastener Notice
        • Flex DECOUPLER Notice
        • Fuel & Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hose/Pipe Connection Cleaning Notice
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test Notice
        • Fuel Pressure Notice
        • Fuel System Ground Notice
        • Fuel Tank Strap Fastener Notice
        • Handling Bearing Inserts Notice
        • Handling ESD Sensitive Parts Notice
        • Handling IAC Valve Notice
        • Heated Oxygen & Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Ignition Off When Disconnecting Battery Notice
        • Installing Hoses Without Twists Or Bends Notice
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Servicing Notice
        • Latched DTC B1018, B1024 Notice (SDM-RSD)
        • Liftgate Assist Rod Notice
        • Machined Surface Damage Notice
        • Nylon Fuel Lines Notice
        • OBDII System Description Notice
        • OBDII Symbol Description Notice
        • Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Pcm & ESD Notice
        • Pinion Flange/Yoke Installation Notice
        • Pipe Wrench Positioning Notice
        • Power Steering Hose Disconnected Notice
        • Properly Secured Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Pipe Notice
        • Ring Gear Removal Notice
        • Sealant Notice
        • Service Programming System (SPS) Notice
        • Servicing And Replacing Seat Belts Notice
        • Servicing The Level Sensor Notice
        • Silicon Contamination Of Heated Oxygen Sensors Notice
        • Single Cylinder Flooding Notice
        • Spark Plug Boot Removal Notice
        • Special Fastener Notice
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Damage Notice
        • Steering Gear Preload Adjustment Notice
        • Steering Wheel In The Full Turn Position Notice
        • Suspension Spring Handling Notice
        • Test Lamp To Ignition Control Module Circuit Connector Notice
        • Test Probe Notice
        • Transfer Case Seal Removal Notice
        • Valve Lifter Priming Notice
    • Testing Wiring Systems For Intermittent & Poor Connections
      • Service Precautions
      • Intermittent Or Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
        • Round Wire Connectors
        • Flat Wire (Dock & Lock) Connectors
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Notes
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
        • Low Temperature Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
  • Reset Procedures
    • ATEQ TPMS Reset Procedure
      • ATEQ TPMS Reset Procedure
    • BARTEC TPMS Reset Procedure
      • BARTEC TPMS Reset Procedure
    • Maintenance Reminder Light (Reset Procedures)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 14
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 15
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 16
          • Vehicles WITHOUT Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons
          • Vehicles WITH Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 17
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 18
          • Notes
          • Vehicles with DIC (& Steering Wheel Controls)
          • Vehicles with DIC (& Turn Signal Lever Controls)
          • Vehicles without DIC (Some Models)
          • Reset Using Diagnostic Scan Tool (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 19
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 20
          • With Base Audio System
          • With Navigation System
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 21
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 22
          • With Base Audio System
          • Without DIC
          • With Navigation System
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 23
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 24
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 25
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 26
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 27
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 28
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 29
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 30
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 31
          • With Information Center Display
          • With Visual Information Center
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 32
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 33
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 34
          • Vehicles with Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 35
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 36
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 37
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Reminder Flag)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Warning Light)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Check Engine Light)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
          • Federal Emissions
          • California Emissions
      • Diesel Fuel Filter Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Fuel Filter Replacement Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Maintenance Service Reminder
        • Notes
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
      • Timing Belt Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Timing Belt Replacement Reminder Reset Procedure
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Message Reset
      • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
          • Notes
          • Resetting With Base Audio System
          • Resetting With Navigation System
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
      • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reminder
        • Notes
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 14
          • Notes
          • Using Exterior Lamp Switch
          • Using RDS Radio, If Equipped
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 15
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 16
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 17
          • Notes
          • Using DIC Reset Button
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 18
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 19
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 20
          • Notes
          • Using DIC Reset Button
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 21
          • Using Reset Button (1999-05 Models)
          • Using Scan Tool (2003-05 Models)
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 22
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 23
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 24
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 25
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 26
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 27
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 28
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 29
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 30
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 31
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 32
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 33
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 34
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 35
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 36
          • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn with EL-52545 (Preferred)
          • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn with EL-50448 (Alternative)
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 37
    • Tire Pressure Monitor Systems
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Monitor (TPM) System
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Warning Messages
      • TPMS Reset Procedures
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Monitor System RECALIBRATION
          • Notes
          • Using Exterior Lamp Switch
          • Using RDS Radio
          • Using Scan Tool
      • Dismounting/Mounting Procedures
      • Torque Specifications
  • Restraints
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System Component Inspection & Replacement Tables.
      • General Motors (1988-04)
  • RPO Codes
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 001-19F)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 001-19F)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 19H-2EL)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 19H-2EL)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 2F1-44I)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 2F1-44I)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 44L-5J9)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 44L-5J9)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 5K0-6FF)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 5K0-6FF)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 6FG-76A)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 6FG-76A)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 76D-7XD)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 76D-7XD)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 7XF-8M0)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 7XF-8M0)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 8M1-9C0)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 8M1-9C0)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 9C1-A0F)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 9C1-A0F)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes A0G-Ar4)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes A0G-Ar4)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes Ar5-BCP)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes Ar5-BCP)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes BCQ-C12)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes BCQ-C12)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes C13-Cur)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes C13-Cur)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes Cut-Dir)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes Cut-Dir)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes Dr7-EHE)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes Dr7-EHE)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes EHF-F5P)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes EHF-F5P)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes F5Q-G1V)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes F5Q-G1V)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes G1W-HFN)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes G1W-HFN)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes HFO-JRG)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes HFO-JRG)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes JRH-KLY)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes JRH-KLY)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes KLZ-LQX)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes KLZ-LQX)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes LQY-MW9)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes LQY-MW9)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes MWE-ODK)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes MWE-ODK)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes ODL-Ora)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes ODL-Ora)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes Orb-PDE)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes Orb-PDE)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes PDF-QH6)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes PDF-QH6)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes QH7-R8D)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes QH7-R8D)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes R8E-T07)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes R8E-T07)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes T08-TJ0)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes T08-TJ0)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes TJ1-U10)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes TJ1-U10)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes U11-Us9)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes U11-Us9)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes USB-VG9)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes USB-VG9)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes VGA-W5Y)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes VGA-W5Y)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes W5Z-XE3)
      • RPO Code Definitions (Codes W5Z-XE3)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes XE4-Y9Z)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes XE4-Y9Z)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes Ya2-ZD9)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes Ya2-ZD9)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes ZDE-ZZZ)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes ZDE-ZZZ)
  • Specifications Index
    • Common Specs & Procedures
      • Specifications Index
  • Steering
    • Map - Steering, Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels & Tires
      • Steering & Suspension Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Wheel And Tire
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
      • Steering & Suspension CHECKSHEET
      • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
      • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
        • Notes
        • Active Handling
        • Active Suspension Control Modules
        • Active Variable Ratio Steering
        • Active Yaw Control
        • Adaptive Cruise Control
        • Advance TRAC
        • Air Bags
        • Air Ride Control Modules
        • Air Ride Suspension Torsion Springs (Counter Balancing)
        • Air Ride Suspension
        • Air Ride Tubes
        • Air Shocks And Air Struts
        • Air Spring Valves
        • Air Springs
        • Air Suspension Control Valves
        • Air Suspension DRIERS
        • Axle Acceleration Sensor
        • Ball Joints
        • Body Acceleration Sensor
        • Bushings
        • Center Links
        • Compressors
        • Continuous Damping Control
        • Control Arm Shafts
        • Control Arms
        • Control Modules
        • Distance Regulation Control Module
        • Distance Regulation Sensor
        • Drag Links
        • Dynamic Stability Control
        • Dynamic Stability Traction Control
        • Electronic Ride Control Shocks And Struts
        • Electronic Stability Control
        • Electronic Suspension System
        • Flex Couplers
        • Gaskets
        • Height Sensors
        • Hydraulic Hoses
        • Hydraulic Power Steering Pumps
        • Hydraulic Suspension Hoses
        • Hydraulic Suspension Pumps
        • Idler Arms
        • Intermediate Shaft U-Joints
        • King Pins
        • Modules
        • Pitman Arms
        • Power Steering Belts
        • Power Steering Coolers
        • Power Steering Fluid
        • Power Steering Hoses
        • Power Steering Lines (Steel)
        • Power Steering Pumps - Electric
        • Power Steering Pumps
        • Radar Sensor
        • Radius Arms
        • Relay Rods
        • Relays
        • Sensors
        • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
        • Spindles
        • Springs, Coil, Leaf And Torsion Bars
        • STABILITRAC
        • Stability Management System
        • Steering Angle Sensor
        • Steering Arms
        • Steering Couplers
        • Steering Dampers
        • Steering Gears (Except Rack And Pinion)
        • Steering Gears, Rack And Pinion
        • Steering Knuckles
        • Strike Out Bumpers
        • Strut Bearing Plate Assemblies
        • Strut Rods
        • Suspension Pumps (Hydraulic)
        • Sway Bar Links
        • Sway Bar Mounting Bushings
        • Sway Bars
        • Switches
        • Tie Rod Ends (Inner And Outer)
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
        • Tire Pressure Sensors
        • Tires
        • Torque Sensor
        • Torsion Springs
        • Track Bar Bushings
        • Track Bars
        • Trailing Arm Bushings
        • Trailing Arms
        • Valve Stems
        • Vehicle Dynamics Control
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Vehicle Stability Assist
        • Vehicle Stability/Skid Control
        • Warning Lamps
        • Wheel Alignment
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheels (Rims)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Wheel Alignment Theory & Operation - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Pre-Alignment Instructions
        • Notes
        • General Alignment Checks
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Camber
        • Caster
        • Toe-In Adjustment
        • Toe-Out On Turns
        • Steering Axis Inclination
  • Traction Control Disable Procedures
    • Traction Control Disable
  • Trouble Shooting - Manual Transmission - General Information
    • * Please Read This First *
    • Introduction
• Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
  • General Servicing
    • Cabin Air Filter
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Cabin Air Filter
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (1997-2003 Century, Impala, Intrigue & Regal)
          • Removal & Installation (2004-2005 Century & Regal)
          • Removal & Installation (2004-2007 Allure Canadian (2005-06), Impala, Grand Prix, LaCrosse & Monte Carlo)
    • HVAC Systems - General Servicing
      • USING R-134a REFRIGERANT
        • Handling/Safety Precautions
        • IDENTIFYING R-134a SYSTEMS & COMPONENTS
          • Notes
          • Fittings & "O" Rings
          • Underhood A/C Specification Labels
        • Refrigerant Oils
      • System Service Valves
        • SCHRADER-Type Valves
        • Special Valve Connectors
        • R-134a SERVICE VALVES/PORTS
        • Service Valve Locations
      • Service Equipment
      • Manifold Gauge Set
        • Notes
        • Connecting Gauge Set
          • Notes
          • Schrader-Type Valves
        • Stabilizing A/C System
      • Pressure-Temperature Relationship
      • Pressure Gauge Readings
      • Recovery/Evacuation & Recharging
        • DAIMLERCHRYSLER Corp.
          • Notes
          • Refrigerant System Service Equipment
          • Manifold Gauge Set Connections
          • Refrigerant Recovery
          • Refrigerant System Evacuate
          • Refrigerant System Charge
        • Ford Motor Co.
          • Notes
          • Refrigerant System Recovery
          • Refrigerant System Evacuation
          • Refrigerant System Charging
        • General Motors
        • Jeep
      • Filtering Procedures (Ford)
        • A/C System Filtering (Focus)
        • A/C System Filtering (Villager)
        • A/C System Filtering (Except Focus & Villager)
      • Flushing Procedures
        • DAIMLERCHRYSLER Corp.
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • Jeep
      • Leak Testing
        • Notes
        • Types Of Leak Detectors
          • Bubble Solution Detector
          • Dye Solution
          • Fluorescent Leak Detection
          • Electronic Leak Detector
        • Preparation For Leak Testing
        • Bubble Detector Leak Testing Procedure
        • Electronic Leak Testing Procedure
        • Dye Solution Leak Testing Procedures
        • Fluorescent Dye Leak Testing Procedures
  • HVAC Control Systems
    • HVAC Systems - General Servicing
      • USING R-134a REFRIGERANT
        • Handling/Safety Precautions
        • IDENTIFYING R-134a SYSTEMS & COMPONENTS
          • Notes
          • Fittings & "O" Rings
          • Underhood A/C Specification Labels
        • Refrigerant Oils
      • System Service Valves
        • SCHRADER-Type Valves
        • Special Valve Connectors
        • R-134a SERVICE VALVES/PORTS
        • Service Valve Locations
      • Service Equipment
      • Manifold Gauge Set
        • Notes
        • Connecting Gauge Set
          • Notes
          • Schrader-Type Valves
        • Stabilizing A/C System
      • Pressure-Temperature Relationship
      • Pressure Gauge Readings
      • Recovery/Evacuation & Recharging
        • DAIMLERCHRYSLER Corp.
          • Notes
          • Refrigerant System Service Equipment
          • Manifold Gauge Set Connections
          • Refrigerant Recovery
          • Refrigerant System Evacuate
          • Refrigerant System Charge
        • Ford Motor Co.
          • Notes
          • Refrigerant System Recovery
          • Refrigerant System Evacuation
          • Refrigerant System Charging
        • General Motors
        • Jeep
      • Filtering Procedures (Ford)
        • A/C System Filtering (Focus)
        • A/C System Filtering (Villager)
        • A/C System Filtering (Except Focus & Villager)
      • Flushing Procedures
        • DAIMLERCHRYSLER Corp.
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • Jeep
      • Leak Testing
        • Notes
        • Types Of Leak Detectors
          • Bubble Solution Detector
          • Dye Solution
          • Fluorescent Leak Detection
          • Electronic Leak Detector
        • Preparation For Leak Testing
        • Bubble Detector Leak Testing Procedure
        • Electronic Leak Testing Procedure
        • Dye Solution Leak Testing Procedures
        • Fluorescent Dye Leak Testing Procedures
    • HVAC Systems - Manual
      • Model Identification
      • Specifications
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • HVAC Control Module
        • Air Speed
        • Air Distribution
          • Mode Switch
          • Vent Mode
          • Bi-Level Mode
          • Floor Mode
          • Defog Mode
          • Front Defrost Mode
        • RECIRCULATION Operation
          • Recirculation Mode
        • Temperature Controls
          • Air Temperature Actuator
          • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
        • Heating And A/C Operation
          • Notes
          • Dual Zone Operation
        • Engine Coolant
        • A/C Cycle
      • Component Locations
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Notes
        • Preliminary Inspection
        • Symptom Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
      • Performance Tests
        • A/C System Performance Test
        • Heating System Performance Test
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Retrieving Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Diagnostic System Check
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • DTC P0530: Refrigerant Pressure Sensor High Or Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running The DTC
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P1546: Short Or Open In A/C Compressor Clutch Relay Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running The DTC
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
      • System Tests
        • A/C Pressure Zone "A" Diagnosis
        • A/C Pressure Zone "B" Diagnosis
        • A/C Pressure Zone "C" Diagnosis
        • A/C Pressure Zone "D" Diagnosis
        • Vacuum Control System
      • Symptom Tests
        • Notes
        • Test A: Air Delivery Improper
        • Test B: Air RECIRCULATION Malfunction
        • Test C: Blower Motor Always On
        • Test D: Blower Motor Inoperative
        • Test E: Blower Motor Malfunction
        • Test F: Compressor Clutch Does Not Disengage
        • Test G: Compressor Clutch Does Not Engage
        • Test H: Defrosting Insufficient
        • Test I: Too Cold In Vehicle
        • Test J: Too Hot In Vehicle
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Accumulator
          • Removal & Installation
        • Actuators
          • Removal (Drivers Side Temperature Door)
          • Installation (Drivers Side Temperature Door)
          • Removal (Passengers Side Temperature Door)
          • Installation (Passengers Side Temperature Door)
          • Removal (Defroster)
          • Installation (Defroster)
          • Removal (Mode)
          • Installation (Mode)
          • Removal (Recirculation)
          • Installation (Recirculation)
        • Blower Motor
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Blower Motor Resistor
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Compressor
          • Notes
          • Removal (3.4L Engine)
          • Installation
          • Removal (3.8L Engine)
        • Compressor Hose
          • Removal (3.4L)
          • Installation (3.4L)
          • Removal (3.8L)
          • Installation (3.8L)
        • Compressor Relay
          • Removal & Installation
        • Condenser
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Defroster Door
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Evaporator Core
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Heater Core
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • HVAC Control Assembly
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • HVAC Module Assembly
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Mode Door
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Orifice Tube
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Passenger Compartment Air Filter
        • Pressure Relief Valve
          • Removal & Installation
        • Pressure Sensor
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • RECIRCULATION Door
          • Removal & Installation
        • Refrigerant Filter
          • Notes
          • Installation
        • Temperature Doors
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Vacuum Reservoir Tank
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Vent Door
          • Removal & Installation
      • Torque Specifications
      • Connector Identification
      • Vacuum Diagrams
      • Wiring Diagrams
• Restraints
  • Air Bag, SRS
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Air Bag Modules
        • Air Bag Warning Light
        • Front End Discriminating Sensor
        • Knee Bolsters
        • Sensing & Diagnostic Module (SDM)
        • Side Impact Sensor (Sis)
        • Sir Coil Assembly
      • Component Locations
      • System Operation Check
      • Air Bag Safety Precautions
      • Adjustments
        • Centering Sir Coil Assembly
          • With Centering Window & Service Lock
          • With Centering Window & No Service Lock
          • With Service Lock & No Centering Window
          • Without Centering Window Or Service Lock
      • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
        • Notes
        • Disabling System
        • Activating System
      • Disposal Procedures
        • Notes
        • On-Vehicle Deployment
        • Off-Vehicle Deployment
      • Post-Collision Inspection
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Air Bag Modules
          • Removal & Installation (Impala-Driver-side)
          • Removal & Installation (Monte Carlo-Driver-side)
          • Removal & Installation (Passenger-side)
          • Removal & Installation (Side Impact)
        • Front End Discriminating Sensor
          • Removal & Installation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Instrument Panel Trim Pad
          • Removal & Installation (Impala)
          • Removal & Installation (Monte Carlo)
        • Sensing & Diagnostic Module (SDM)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Side Impact Sensor (Sis)
          • Removal & Installation (Impala)
          • Removal & Installation (Monte Carlo)
        • Sir Coil Assembly
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Steering Wheel
          • Removal & Installation
      • Diagnostics
        • Notes
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC'S)
        • Scan Tool Diagnostics
        • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Notes
          • Perform SIR Diagnostic System Check
          • Refer To Proper Diagnostic Test
          • Repeat SIR Diagnostic System Check
        • Sir Diagnostic System Check
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Connector Identification
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • Air Bag Warning Light Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0012, B0013, B0014, B0016, B0017, B0018: Passenger-Side Air Bag Deployment Loop Stage 2 Resistance Low/ Stage 2 Resistance High/ Stage 2 Short To Ground Or Voltage High/Stage 1 Resistance Low/Stage 1 Resistance High/ Stage 1 Short To Ground Or Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0022, B0024, B0026, B0042, B0043, B0044: Driver Deployment Loop Stage 1 Resistance Low/Stage1 Short To Ground Or Voltage/Stage 1 Resistance High/Stage 2 Resistance Low/Stage 2 Short To Ground Or Voltage/Stage 2 Resistance High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0034: Side Impact Deployment Commanded
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0040, B0041, B0045: Driver Side Impact Air Bag Deployment Loop Resistance Low/Resistance High/Short To Ground Or Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0051: Deployment Commanded
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0053: Deployment Commanded With Loop Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0077, B0079, B0080: Driver-Side Sis Valid Identification Message Not Received/Driver-Side Sis Identification Error/Driver-Side Sis NOK Message
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0100, B0101, B0102: Front End Discriminating Sensor Identification Message Not Received/ Front End Discriminating Sensor NOK Message/Front End Discriminating Sensor Incorrect Identification Message
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B1000: SDM Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B1001: Option Configuration Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
      • Wire Repair
      • Torque Specifications
      • Wiring Diagrams
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System Deactivation Procedures
      • Special Care During Mechanical Repairs
      • CHRYSLER
        • Notes
        • System Operation Check
          • Caravan, Concord, Intrepid, Neon, Prowler, PT Cruiser, Sebring Convertible, Sebring Sedan, Stratus Sedan, Town & Country, Viper, Voyager & 300M
          • Dakota, Durango, Ram Pickup, Ram Van & Ram Wagon
          • Sebring Coupe & Stratus Coupe
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
      • Ford Motor Co.
        • System Operation Check
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System (Blackwood)
          • Activating System (Blackwood)
          • Disabling System (Continental)
          • Activating System (Continental)
          • Disabling System (Cougar)
          • Activating System (Cougar)
          • Disabling System (Crown Victoria & Grand Marquis)
          • Activating System (Crown Victoria & Grand Marquis)
          • Disabling System (Econoline)
          • Activating System (Econoline)
          • Disabling System (Escape)
          • Activating System (Escape)
          • Disabling System (Escort & ZX2)
          • Activating System (Escort & ZX2)
          • Disabling System (Excursion & F250/350 Super Duty)
          • Activating System (Excursion & F250/350 Super Duty)
          • Disabling System (Expedition & Navigator)
          • Activating System (Expedition & Navigator)
          • Disabling System (Explorer & Mountaineer)
          • Activating System (Explorer & Mountaineer)
          • Disabling System (Explorer Sport & Explorer Sport Trac)
          • Activating System (Explorer Sport & Explorer Sport Trac)
          • Disabling System (Focus)
          • Activating System (Focus)
          • Disabling System (F150)
          • Activating System (F150)
          • Disabling System (LS & Thunderbird)
          • Activating System (LS & Thunderbird)
          • Disabling System (Mustang)
          • Activating System (Mustang)
          • Disabling System (Ranger)
          • Activating System (Ranger)
          • Disabling System (Sable & Taurus)
          • Activating System (Sable & Taurus)
          • Disabling System (Town Car)
          • Activating System (Town Car)
          • Disabling System (Villager)
          • Activating System (Villager)
          • Disabling System (Windstar)
          • Activating System (Windstar)
        • Air Bag Simulator
        • Driver Air Bag Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Blackwood, Econoline, Excursion, Expedition, Explorer, Explorer Sport, Explorer Sport Trac, F150, F250/350 Super Duty, Mountaineer & Navigator)
          • Removal & Installation (Continental, Cougar, Escort, Focus, LS, Mustang, Ranger, Thunderbird, Town Car & ZX2)
          • Removal & Installation (Crown Victoria & Grand Marquis)
        • Passenger Air Bag Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Cougar)
          • Removal & Installation (Crown Victoria & Grand Marquis)
          • Removal & Installation (Escort & ZX2)
          • Removal & Installation (Expedition & Navigator)
          • Removal & Installation (Explorer Sport, Explorer Sport Trac & Ranger)
          • Removal & Installation (Sable & Taurus)
          • Removal & Installation (Town Car)
        • Side Air Bag Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Cougar)
        • Torque Specifications
      • General Motors
        • Notes
        • System Operation Check
          • Prizm
          • Pickups With Passenger Air Bag
          • All Models Except Prizm & Pickups With Passenger Air Bag
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System (Alero, Grand Am & Malibu)
          • Activating System (Alero, Grand Am & Malibu)
          • Disabling System (Astro & Safari)
          • Activating System (Astro & Safari)
          • Disabling System (Aurora, Bonneville, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
          • Activating System (Aurora, Bonneville, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
          • Disabling System (Avalanche, Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL, Escalade, Escalade EXT, Sierra, Silverado, Suburban, Tahoe, TrailBlazer, TrailBlazer XL, Yukon & Yukon XL)
          • Activating System (Avalanche, Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL, Escalade, Escalade EXT, Sierra, Silverado, Suburban, Tahoe, TrailBlazer, TrailBlazer XL, Yukon & Yukon XL)
          • Disabling System (Aztek & Rendezvous)
          • Activating System (Aztek & Rendezvous)
          • Disabling System (Blazer, Jimmy Canadian, Sonoma & S10 Pickup)
          • Activating System (Blazer, Jimmy Canadian, Sonoma & S10 Pickup)
          • Disabling System (Camaro & Firebird)
          • Activating System (Camaro & Firebird)
          • Disabling System (Cavalier & Sunfire)
          • Activating System (Cavalier & Sunfire)
          • Disabling System (Century, Grand Prix, Intrigue & Regal)
          • Activating System (Century, Grand Prix, Intrigue & Regal)
          • Disabling System (Chevy Express & Savana)
          • Activating System (Chevy Express & Savana)
          • Disabling System (Corvette)
          • Activating System (Corvette)
          • Disabling System (DeVille & Seville)
          • Activating System (DeVille & Seville)
          • Disabling System (Eldorado)
          • Activating System (Eldorado)
          • Disabling System (Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Activating System (Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Disabling System (Montana, Silhouette & Venture)
          • Activating System (Montana, Silhouette & Venture)
          • Disabling System (Prizm)
          • Activating System (Prizm)
          • Disabling System (Saturn, L Series)
          • Activating System (Saturn, L Series)
          • Disabling System (Saturn, S Series)
          • Activating System (Saturn, S Series)
          • Disabling System (Saturn Vue)
          • Activating System (Saturn Vue)
          • Disabling System (Tracker)
          • Activating System (Tracker)
      • Jeep
        • System Operation Check
          • Grand Cherokee, Liberty & Wrangler
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
  • Restraints Control Systems
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational & Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs & Inspections Required After A Collision
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Left Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Center Front (Split Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Right Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Center Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shoulder Belt Guide Adjuster Replacement - Front (Impala)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Left Front (Impala)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Left Front (Monte Carlo)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Right Front (Impala)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Right Front (Monte Carlo)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Rear (Impala)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Rear (Monte Carlo)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Center Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Child Seat Belt Restraint System
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Child Shoulder Belt Guide Rerouter Replacement - Rear (Impala)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Child Shoulder Belt Guide Rerouter Replacement - Rear (Monte Carlo)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description & Operation
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicator
          • Restraint System
          • Front Seat Belt System
          • Rear Seat Belt System
      • Special Tools & Equipment
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System Deactivation Procedures
      • Special Care During Mechanical Repairs
      • CHRYSLER
        • Notes
        • System Operation Check
          • Caravan, Concord, Intrepid, Neon, Prowler, PT Cruiser, Sebring Convertible, Sebring Sedan, Stratus Sedan, Town & Country, Viper, Voyager & 300M
          • Dakota, Durango, Ram Pickup, Ram Van & Ram Wagon
          • Sebring Coupe & Stratus Coupe
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
      • Ford Motor Co.
        • System Operation Check
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System (Blackwood)
          • Activating System (Blackwood)
          • Disabling System (Continental)
          • Activating System (Continental)
          • Disabling System (Cougar)
          • Activating System (Cougar)
          • Disabling System (Crown Victoria & Grand Marquis)
          • Activating System (Crown Victoria & Grand Marquis)
          • Disabling System (Econoline)
          • Activating System (Econoline)
          • Disabling System (Escape)
          • Activating System (Escape)
          • Disabling System (Escort & ZX2)
          • Activating System (Escort & ZX2)
          • Disabling System (Excursion & F250/350 Super Duty)
          • Activating System (Excursion & F250/350 Super Duty)
          • Disabling System (Expedition & Navigator)
          • Activating System (Expedition & Navigator)
          • Disabling System (Explorer & Mountaineer)
          • Activating System (Explorer & Mountaineer)
          • Disabling System (Explorer Sport & Explorer Sport Trac)
          • Activating System (Explorer Sport & Explorer Sport Trac)
          • Disabling System (Focus)
          • Activating System (Focus)
          • Disabling System (F150)
          • Activating System (F150)
          • Disabling System (LS & Thunderbird)
          • Activating System (LS & Thunderbird)
          • Disabling System (Mustang)
          • Activating System (Mustang)
          • Disabling System (Ranger)
          • Activating System (Ranger)
          • Disabling System (Sable & Taurus)
          • Activating System (Sable & Taurus)
          • Disabling System (Town Car)
          • Activating System (Town Car)
          • Disabling System (Villager)
          • Activating System (Villager)
          • Disabling System (Windstar)
          • Activating System (Windstar)
        • Air Bag Simulator
        • Driver Air Bag Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Blackwood, Econoline, Excursion, Expedition, Explorer, Explorer Sport, Explorer Sport Trac, F150, F250/350 Super Duty, Mountaineer & Navigator)
          • Removal & Installation (Continental, Cougar, Escort, Focus, LS, Mustang, Ranger, Thunderbird, Town Car & ZX2)
          • Removal & Installation (Crown Victoria & Grand Marquis)
        • Passenger Air Bag Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Cougar)
          • Removal & Installation (Crown Victoria & Grand Marquis)
          • Removal & Installation (Escort & ZX2)
          • Removal & Installation (Expedition & Navigator)
          • Removal & Installation (Explorer Sport, Explorer Sport Trac & Ranger)
          • Removal & Installation (Sable & Taurus)
          • Removal & Installation (Town Car)
        • Side Air Bag Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Cougar)
        • Torque Specifications
      • General Motors
        • Notes
        • System Operation Check
          • Prizm
          • Pickups With Passenger Air Bag
          • All Models Except Prizm & Pickups With Passenger Air Bag
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System (Alero, Grand Am & Malibu)
          • Activating System (Alero, Grand Am & Malibu)
          • Disabling System (Astro & Safari)
          • Activating System (Astro & Safari)
          • Disabling System (Aurora, Bonneville, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
          • Activating System (Aurora, Bonneville, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
          • Disabling System (Avalanche, Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL, Escalade, Escalade EXT, Sierra, Silverado, Suburban, Tahoe, TrailBlazer, TrailBlazer XL, Yukon & Yukon XL)
          • Activating System (Avalanche, Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL, Escalade, Escalade EXT, Sierra, Silverado, Suburban, Tahoe, TrailBlazer, TrailBlazer XL, Yukon & Yukon XL)
          • Disabling System (Aztek & Rendezvous)
          • Activating System (Aztek & Rendezvous)
          • Disabling System (Blazer, Jimmy Canadian, Sonoma & S10 Pickup)
          • Activating System (Blazer, Jimmy Canadian, Sonoma & S10 Pickup)
          • Disabling System (Camaro & Firebird)
          • Activating System (Camaro & Firebird)
          • Disabling System (Cavalier & Sunfire)
          • Activating System (Cavalier & Sunfire)
          • Disabling System (Century, Grand Prix, Intrigue & Regal)
          • Activating System (Century, Grand Prix, Intrigue & Regal)
          • Disabling System (Chevy Express & Savana)
          • Activating System (Chevy Express & Savana)
          • Disabling System (Corvette)
          • Activating System (Corvette)
          • Disabling System (DeVille & Seville)
          • Activating System (DeVille & Seville)
          • Disabling System (Eldorado)
          • Activating System (Eldorado)
          • Disabling System (Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Activating System (Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Disabling System (Montana, Silhouette & Venture)
          • Activating System (Montana, Silhouette & Venture)
          • Disabling System (Prizm)
          • Activating System (Prizm)
          • Disabling System (Saturn, L Series)
          • Activating System (Saturn, L Series)
          • Disabling System (Saturn, S Series)
          • Activating System (Saturn, S Series)
          • Disabling System (Saturn Vue)
          • Activating System (Saturn Vue)
          • Disabling System (Tracker)
          • Activating System (Tracker)
      • Jeep
        • System Operation Check
          • Grand Cherokee, Liberty & Wrangler
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
  • Seat Belts
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational & Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs & Inspections Required After A Collision
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Left Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Center Front (Split Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Right Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Center Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shoulder Belt Guide Adjuster Replacement - Front (Impala)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Left Front (Impala)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Left Front (Monte Carlo)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Right Front (Impala)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Right Front (Monte Carlo)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Rear (Impala)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Rear (Monte Carlo)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Center Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Child Seat Belt Restraint System
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Child Shoulder Belt Guide Rerouter Replacement - Rear (Impala)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Child Shoulder Belt Guide Rerouter Replacement - Rear (Monte Carlo)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description & Operation
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicator
          • Restraint System
          • Front Seat Belt System
          • Rear Seat Belt System
      • Special Tools & Equipment
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System Deactivation Procedures
      • Special Care During Mechanical Repairs
      • CHRYSLER
        • Notes
        • System Operation Check
          • Caravan, Concord, Intrepid, Neon, Prowler, PT Cruiser, Sebring Convertible, Sebring Sedan, Stratus Sedan, Town & Country, Viper, Voyager & 300M
          • Dakota, Durango, Ram Pickup, Ram Van & Ram Wagon
          • Sebring Coupe & Stratus Coupe
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
      • Ford Motor Co.
        • System Operation Check
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System (Blackwood)
          • Activating System (Blackwood)
          • Disabling System (Continental)
          • Activating System (Continental)
          • Disabling System (Cougar)
          • Activating System (Cougar)
          • Disabling System (Crown Victoria & Grand Marquis)
          • Activating System (Crown Victoria & Grand Marquis)
          • Disabling System (Econoline)
          • Activating System (Econoline)
          • Disabling System (Escape)
          • Activating System (Escape)
          • Disabling System (Escort & ZX2)
          • Activating System (Escort & ZX2)
          • Disabling System (Excursion & F250/350 Super Duty)
          • Activating System (Excursion & F250/350 Super Duty)
          • Disabling System (Expedition & Navigator)
          • Activating System (Expedition & Navigator)
          • Disabling System (Explorer & Mountaineer)
          • Activating System (Explorer & Mountaineer)
          • Disabling System (Explorer Sport & Explorer Sport Trac)
          • Activating System (Explorer Sport & Explorer Sport Trac)
          • Disabling System (Focus)
          • Activating System (Focus)
          • Disabling System (F150)
          • Activating System (F150)
          • Disabling System (LS & Thunderbird)
          • Activating System (LS & Thunderbird)
          • Disabling System (Mustang)
          • Activating System (Mustang)
          • Disabling System (Ranger)
          • Activating System (Ranger)
          • Disabling System (Sable & Taurus)
          • Activating System (Sable & Taurus)
          • Disabling System (Town Car)
          • Activating System (Town Car)
          • Disabling System (Villager)
          • Activating System (Villager)
          • Disabling System (Windstar)
          • Activating System (Windstar)
        • Air Bag Simulator
        • Driver Air Bag Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Blackwood, Econoline, Excursion, Expedition, Explorer, Explorer Sport, Explorer Sport Trac, F150, F250/350 Super Duty, Mountaineer & Navigator)
          • Removal & Installation (Continental, Cougar, Escort, Focus, LS, Mustang, Ranger, Thunderbird, Town Car & ZX2)
          • Removal & Installation (Crown Victoria & Grand Marquis)
        • Passenger Air Bag Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Cougar)
          • Removal & Installation (Crown Victoria & Grand Marquis)
          • Removal & Installation (Escort & ZX2)
          • Removal & Installation (Expedition & Navigator)
          • Removal & Installation (Explorer Sport, Explorer Sport Trac & Ranger)
          • Removal & Installation (Sable & Taurus)
          • Removal & Installation (Town Car)
        • Side Air Bag Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Cougar)
        • Torque Specifications
      • General Motors
        • Notes
        • System Operation Check
          • Prizm
          • Pickups With Passenger Air Bag
          • All Models Except Prizm & Pickups With Passenger Air Bag
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System (Alero, Grand Am & Malibu)
          • Activating System (Alero, Grand Am & Malibu)
          • Disabling System (Astro & Safari)
          • Activating System (Astro & Safari)
          • Disabling System (Aurora, Bonneville, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
          • Activating System (Aurora, Bonneville, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
          • Disabling System (Avalanche, Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL, Escalade, Escalade EXT, Sierra, Silverado, Suburban, Tahoe, TrailBlazer, TrailBlazer XL, Yukon & Yukon XL)
          • Activating System (Avalanche, Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL, Escalade, Escalade EXT, Sierra, Silverado, Suburban, Tahoe, TrailBlazer, TrailBlazer XL, Yukon & Yukon XL)
          • Disabling System (Aztek & Rendezvous)
          • Activating System (Aztek & Rendezvous)
          • Disabling System (Blazer, Jimmy Canadian, Sonoma & S10 Pickup)
          • Activating System (Blazer, Jimmy Canadian, Sonoma & S10 Pickup)
          • Disabling System (Camaro & Firebird)
          • Activating System (Camaro & Firebird)
          • Disabling System (Cavalier & Sunfire)
          • Activating System (Cavalier & Sunfire)
          • Disabling System (Century, Grand Prix, Intrigue & Regal)
          • Activating System (Century, Grand Prix, Intrigue & Regal)
          • Disabling System (Chevy Express & Savana)
          • Activating System (Chevy Express & Savana)
          • Disabling System (Corvette)
          • Activating System (Corvette)
          • Disabling System (DeVille & Seville)
          • Activating System (DeVille & Seville)
          • Disabling System (Eldorado)
          • Activating System (Eldorado)
          • Disabling System (Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Activating System (Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Disabling System (Montana, Silhouette & Venture)
          • Activating System (Montana, Silhouette & Venture)
          • Disabling System (Prizm)
          • Activating System (Prizm)
          • Disabling System (Saturn, L Series)
          • Activating System (Saturn, L Series)
          • Disabling System (Saturn, S Series)
          • Activating System (Saturn, S Series)
          • Disabling System (Saturn Vue)
          • Activating System (Saturn Vue)
          • Disabling System (Tracker)
          • Activating System (Tracker)
      • Jeep
        • System Operation Check
          • Grand Cherokee, Liberty & Wrangler
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
• Steering
  • Manual Steering
    • Power Rack & Pinion Steering System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Power Steering Pump Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Power Steering Gear Disassembled View (Rack & Pinion)
        • Power Steering Pump Disassembled View (CB Series Pump)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System
        • Symptoms - Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Power Steering System Test Procedure
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Power Steering Fluid Leaks
        • Rattle, Clunk Or Shudder Noise From Power Steering System
        • Whine Or Growl Noise From Power Steering System
        • Steering Effort Hard In One Or Both Directions
        • Steering Effort Too Easy In One Or Both Directions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bleeding Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Excessive Vacuum Drop Diagnosis
        • Checking & Adding Power Steering Fluid
        • Flushing Power Steering System
        • Power Steering Pulley Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure.
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Replacement (3.4L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Replacement (3.8L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Reservoir Replacement - Off Vehicle (CB Series)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Flow Control Valve Replacement - Off Vehicle (CB Series)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Tie Rod End Replacement - Outer
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack & Pinion Boot Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Cooler Pipe/Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Cooler Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pressure Hose Replacement (3.4L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pressure Hose Replacement (3.8L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Return Hose Replacement (3.4L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Return Hose Replacement (3.8L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack & Pinion Gear Rack Bearing Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle (Quiet Valve)
        • Rack & Pinion Boot & Breather Tube Replacement - Off Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Rack & Pinion Boot Replacement - Off Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Tie Rod Replacement - Inner (Quiet Valve)
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Steering Gear Cylinder Pipe Assemblies/O-Ring Seals Replacement - Off Vehicle (Quiet Valve)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Power Steering System Description & Operation
      • Special Tools & Equipment
  • Power Steering
    • Power Rack & Pinion Steering System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Power Steering Pump Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Power Steering Gear Disassembled View (Rack & Pinion)
        • Power Steering Pump Disassembled View (CB Series Pump)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System
        • Symptoms - Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Power Steering System Test Procedure
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Power Steering Fluid Leaks
        • Rattle, Clunk Or Shudder Noise From Power Steering System
        • Whine Or Growl Noise From Power Steering System
        • Steering Effort Hard In One Or Both Directions
        • Steering Effort Too Easy In One Or Both Directions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bleeding Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Excessive Vacuum Drop Diagnosis
        • Checking & Adding Power Steering Fluid
        • Flushing Power Steering System
        • Power Steering Pulley Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure.
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Replacement (3.4L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Replacement (3.8L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Reservoir Replacement - Off Vehicle (CB Series)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Flow Control Valve Replacement - Off Vehicle (CB Series)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Tie Rod End Replacement - Outer
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack & Pinion Boot Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Cooler Pipe/Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Cooler Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pressure Hose Replacement (3.4L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pressure Hose Replacement (3.8L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Return Hose Replacement (3.4L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Return Hose Replacement (3.8L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack & Pinion Gear Rack Bearing Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle (Quiet Valve)
        • Rack & Pinion Boot & Breather Tube Replacement - Off Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Rack & Pinion Boot Replacement - Off Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Tie Rod Replacement - Inner (Quiet Valve)
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Steering Gear Cylinder Pipe Assemblies/O-Ring Seals Replacement - Off Vehicle (Quiet Valve)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Power Steering System Description & Operation
      • Special Tools & Equipment
  • Steering Column
    • Steering Column Switches
      • Description & Operation
      • Component Locations
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Preliminary Inspection
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Notes
        • Diagnostic System Check
        • Retrieving Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • DTC B2753: Horn Relay Coil Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • System Tests
        • Notes
        • Test A: Horns Always On
          • Steering Column Switches
        • Test B: Horns Inoperative
          • Steering Column Switches
        • Test C: One Horn Inoperative
        • Test D: Poor Horn Tone
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Steering Column
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Steering Wheel
          • Removal & Installation
        • Turn Signal & MULTIFUNCTION Switch Assembly
          • Removal & Installation
        • Wiper/Washer Switch
      • Torque Specifications
      • Wiring Diagrams
    • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Column Shift)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Floor Shift)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Steering Column
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel & Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Noise In Steering Column
        • High Shift Effort
        • Looseness In Steering Column
        • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection - Off Vehicle
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Linear Shift Assembly Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Cancel Cam & Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Spring Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction Turn Signal Lever Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Lever Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Lever Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement (Impala)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement (Monte Carlo)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seal Replacement - Intermediate Steering Shaft
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Spring Replacement - Steering Column
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Trim Covers - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
        • Steering Column Trim Covers - Assemble - Off Vehicle
        • Shift Lever - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
        • Shift Lever - Assemble - Off Vehicle
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil - Assemble - Off Vehicle
        • Turn Signal & Multifunction Switch Assembly - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
        • Turn Signal & Multifunction Switch Assembly - Assemble - Off Vehicle
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control - Assemble - Off Vehicle
        • Linear Shift Assembly - Disassemble - Off - Vehicle
        • Linear Shift Assembly - Assemble - Off Vehicle
        • Tilt Spring - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
        • Tilt Spring - Assemble - Off Vehicle
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing - Off Vehicle
        • Turn Signal Switch Housing - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
        • Turn Signal Switch Housing - Assemble - Off Vehicle
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing & Jacket - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing & Jacket - Assemble - Off Vehicle
        • Inflatable Restraint Coil Centering - Off Vehicle (Column Shift & Floor Shift)
      • Description & Operation
        • Steering Wheel & Column Description & Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Vehicle Security - Some Vehicle Models
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
      • Special Tools & Equipment
• Suspension
  • Front Suspension
    • Front Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Ball Joint Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Bearing/Hub Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Knuckle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Control Arm Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Control Arm Bushings Replacement (Horizontal)
        • Lower Control Arm Bushings Replacement (Vertical)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Strut Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Suspension Strut Disposal
        • Strut, Strut Component And/Or Spring Replacement
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • General Description (Strut)
      • Special Tools & Equipment
    • Suspension General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis - Too Soft
        • Ride Diagnosis - Too Hard
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans Or Sways In Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Torque Steer
        • Memory Steer
        • Poor Directional Stability
        • Tire Hop Or Poor Handling
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection
        • Struts Or Shock Absorbers On-Vehicle Testing
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection Procedure
          • Trim Height Measurements
          • Z Height Measurement
          • D Height Measurement
      • Special Tools & Equipment
  • Rear Suspension
    • Rear Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wheel Bearing/Hub Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Support Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knuckle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trailing Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spindle Rod Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Strut Assembly Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Suspension Strut Disposal
        • Strut Disassemble/Assemble Repair
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • General Description
      • Special Tools & Equipment
    • Suspension General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis - Too Soft
        • Ride Diagnosis - Too Hard
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans Or Sways In Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Torque Steer
        • Memory Steer
        • Poor Directional Stability
        • Tire Hop Or Poor Handling
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection
        • Struts Or Shock Absorbers On-Vehicle Testing
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection Procedure
          • Trim Height Measurements
          • Z Height Measurement
          • D Height Measurement
      • Special Tools & Equipment
  • Suspension Control Systems
    • Suspension General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis - Too Soft
        • Ride Diagnosis - Too Hard
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans Or Sways In Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Torque Steer
        • Memory Steer
        • Poor Directional Stability
        • Tire Hop Or Poor Handling
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection
        • Struts Or Shock Absorbers On-Vehicle Testing
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection Procedure
          • Trim Height Measurements
          • Z Height Measurement
          • D Height Measurement
      • Special Tools & Equipment
  • Wheel Alignment
    • Wheel Alignment Specifications
      • Specifications
        • ALERO & Grand Am
        • Aurora
        • BONNEVILLE
        • CAMARO & Firebird
        • Cavalier & SUNFIRE
        • Century & Regal
        • DEVILLE, LESABRE & Park Avenue
        • ELDORADO
        • Grand PRIX
        • Impala & Monte CARLO
        • Intrigue
        • MALIBU
        • PRIZM
        • SEVILLE
    • Wheel Alignment Specifications & Adjustment Procedures
      • Specifications
        • Wheel Alignment Specifications (Front)
        • Wheel Alignment Specifications (Rear)
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Measuring Wheel Alignment
        • Front Camber Adjustment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Toe Adjustment
        • Rear Camber Adjustment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Toe Adjustment
      • Description & Operation
        • Caster Description
        • Camber Description
        • Toe Description
        • Setback Description
        • Thrust Angles Description
        • Lead/Pull Description
        • Torque Steer Description
        • Memory Steer Description
        • Wander Description
        • Scrub Radius Description
  • Wheels & Tire System
    • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Tire Pressure Monitoring
        • Diagnostic System Check - Tire Pressure Monitoring
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC C1245: Low Tire Pressure Detected
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Reset Procedure
          • Notes
          • Using the Exterior Lamp Switch
          • Using the RDS radio, if equipped
          • Using the Scan Tool
      • Description & Operation
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Description & Operation
    • Tires & Wheels
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Tire Diagnosis - Irregular Or Premature Wear
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Tire Diagnosis - Waddle Complaint
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Wheel Mounting Surface Check
        • Radial Tire Lead/Pull Correction
      • Repair Instructions
        • Aluminum Wheel Porosity Repair
        • Aluminum Wheel Refinishing
          • Finish Damage Evaluation Procedure
          • Refinishing Procedure
        • Tire & Wheel Removal & Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Repair
        • Tire Mounting & Dismounting
        • Tire Rotation
      • Description & Operation
        • General Description
        • Tread Wear Indicators Description
        • Metric Wheel Nuts and Bolts Description
        • Tire Inflation Description
        • Tire Chain Usage Description
        • All Seasons Tires Description
        • P-Metric Sized Tires Description
        • Replacement Wheels Description
        • Steel Wheel Repair Description
      • Special Tools & Equipment
• Transmission
  • Automatic Trans
    • Automatic Transaxle Diagnosis - 4T65-E
      • Identification
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Introduction
        • Adapt Function
          • Notes
          • Upshift Adapts (1-2, 2-3 & 3-4)
          • Steady State Adapts
          • Clearing Transmission Adaptive Pressure
        • Transaxle Components & Systems
        • Electronic Components
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Input Shaft Speed Sensor
          • 1-2 & 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valves
          • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve
          • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulation Solenoid Valve
          • Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Lever Assembly-Manual Shaft Detent With Internal Mode Switch
          • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor
          • Transaxle Electrical Connector
        • Powertrain Control Module
        • Limp-In Mode
        • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Shift Interlock System
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Notes
        • Preliminary Inspection
        • Symptom Diagnosis
        • Clutch & Band Applications
      • Performance Tests
        • Road Test
          • Introduction
          • Electrical Function Check
          • Upshift Control & Torque Converter Clutch Apply
          • Part Throttle Detent Downshift
          • Full Throttle Detent Downshift
          • Manual Downshifts
          • Manual 4-3 Downshift
          • Manual 4-2 Downshift
          • Manual 4-1 Downshift
          • Coasting Downshifts
          • Manual Gear Range Selection
          • Reverse
          • Manual 1st
          • Manual 2nd
          • Manual 3rd
        • Shift Speed Specifications
        • Torque Converter Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Torque Converter Stator
          • Poor Acceleration At Low Speed
          • Poor Acceleration At High Speed
          • Noise
          • Torque Converter Clutch Shudder
          • If Shudder Occurs After TCC Has Applied
        • Hydraulic Pressure Tests
          • Notes
          • Line Pressure
        • Clutch & Servo Air Checks
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Diagnostic System Check
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Definitions
        • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Summary
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • DTC P0218: Transaxle Fluid OVERTEMPERATURE
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0218
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0218
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P0218
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0502: Vehicle Speed Sensor Circuit (Low Input)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0502
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0502
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P0502
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0503: Vehicle Speed Sensor Circuit Performance
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0503
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0503
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P0503
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0711: Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Circuit Performance
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0711
          • Condition No. 1 For Setting DTC P0711
          • Condition No. 2 For Setting DTC P0711
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P0711
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0712: Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Circuit (Low Input)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0712
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0712
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P0712
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0713: Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Circuit (High Input)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0713
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P0713
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0716: Input Speed Sensor Circuit Performance
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0716
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0716
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P0716
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0717: Input Speed Sensor Circuit No Signal
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0717
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0717
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P0717
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0719: TCC Brake Switch Circuit Low Input (Switch Stuck On)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0719
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0719
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P0719
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0724: TCC Brake Switch Circuit High Input (Switch Stuck Off)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0724
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0724
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P0724
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0730: Incorrect Gear Ratio
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0730
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0730
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P0730
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0741: TCC System Stuck Off
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0741
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0741
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P0741
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0742: TCC System Stuck On
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0742
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0742
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P0742
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0748: Pressure Control Solenoid Electrical Problem
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0748
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0748
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P0748
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0751: 1-2 Shift Solenoid Performance
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0751
          • Condition No. 1 For Setting DTC P0751
          • Condition No. 2 For Setting DTC P0751
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P0751
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0752: 1-2 Shift Solenoid Performance Problem
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0752
          • Condition No. 1 For Setting DTC P0752
          • Condition No. 2 For Setting DTC P0752
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P0752
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0753: 1-2 Shift Solenoid Electrical Problem
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0753
          • Condition No. 1 For Setting DTC P0753
          • Condition No. 2 For Setting DTC P0753
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Condition For Clearing DTC P0753
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0756: 2-3 Shift Solenoid Performance
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0756
          • Condition No. 1 For Setting DTC P0756
          • Condition No. 2 For Setting DTC P0756
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P0756
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0757: 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve Performance
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0757
          • Condition No. 1 For Setting DTC P0757
          • Condition No. 2 For Setting DTC P0757
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P0757
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0758: 2-3 Shift Solenoid Electrical Problem
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0758
          • Condition No. 1 For Setting DTC P0758
          • Condition No. 2 For Setting DTC P0758
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P0758
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1810: TFP Manual Valve Position Switch Malfunction
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P1810
          • Condition No. 1 For Setting DTC P1810
          • Condition No. 2 For Setting DTC P1810
          • Condition No. 3 For Setting DTC P1810
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P1810
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1811: Maximum Adapt & Long Shift
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P1811
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P1811
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P1811
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1814: Torque Converter Overstress
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P1814
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P1814
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P1814
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1819: Internal Mode Switch - No Start/Wrong Range
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P1819
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P1819
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P1819
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1820: Internal Mode Switch Circuit "A"
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P1820
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P1820
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P1820
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1822: Internal Mode Switch Circuit "B"
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P1822
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P1822
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P1822
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1823: Internal Mode Switch Circuit "P"
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P1823
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P1823
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P1823
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1825: Internal Mode Switch - Invalid Range
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P1825
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P1825
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P1825
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1826: Internal Mode Switch - Circuit "C" High
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P1826
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P1826
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P1826
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1860: TCC Pulse Width Modulated Solenoid Electrical Problem
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P1860
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P1860
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P1860
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1887: Torque Converter Clutch Release Switch Circuit Malfunction
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P1887
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P1887
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P1887
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Component Tests
        • Shift Solenoid Leak Test
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Input Shaft Speed Sensor
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Powertrain Control Module
          • Notes
          • Introduction
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • STOPLAMP Switch
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • TCC Pulse Width Modulation Solenoid
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Transaxle Internal Wiring Harness
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • TFP Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Torque Specifications
      • Electronic Component Specifications
        • Component Resistance
      • Connector Identification
      • Wiring Diagrams
    • Automatic Transaxle Overhaul & Testing - 4T65-E
      • Application
      • Identification
        • Transaxle
        • Gear Ratios
      • Description & Operation
      • Lubrication
      • Trouble Shooting
      • Component Tests
        • Torque Converter
          • Visual Inspection
          • Stator Check
          • End Play Check
      • Transaxle Disassembly
        • Torque Converter
        • Transfer Case Removal
        • Reverse Band Servo
        • Forward Band Servo
        • Oil Pan & Filter
        • Accumulator Assembly & 2-1 Manual Band Servo
        • Control Valve Body, Oil Pump & Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Output Shaft
        • Front Differential Carrier End Play Check
        • Manual Valve Link & Oil Dam
        • Case Cover & Gaskets
        • 4TH Clutch Shaft & Plates
        • Drive & Driven Sprockets
          • Drive Chain (Drive Link) Stretch Check
          • Drive & Driven Sprocket Disassembly
        • Driven Sprocket Support Assembly
        • Input & 2ND Clutch Assemblies
        • Reverse Band & Reaction Drum
        • Input Clutch Housing End Play Check
          • All Wheel Drive
          • Except All Wheel Drive
        • Case Extension & Differential Carrier
        • Input & Reaction Carrier
        • Reaction Sun Gear & 2-1 Manual Band
        • 1-2 Support Drum & Forward Band
        • Final Drive Internal Gear
        • Parking System Components
      • Component Disassembly & Reassembly
        • Case Components
          • Inspection
          • Disassembly & Reassembly
        • Drive Sprocket Support
          • Inspection
          • Disassembly & Reassembly
        • Parking System Components
          • Inspection & Reassembly
        • Differential Carrier Internal Gear
          • Inspection
        • Differential Carrier
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor RELUCTOR Wheel
          • Notes
          • Disassembly & Reassembly
        • Case Extension
          • Inspection
        • Forward Band
          • Inspection
        • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
          • Functional Check
        • 2-1 Manual Band
          • Inspection
        • Reaction Sun Gear & Drum
          • Inspection
        • Input & Reaction Carrier
          • Inspection
        • Reverse Reaction Drum
          • Inspection
        • Input & 3RD Sprag Clutches
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
          • Input Clutch & 3rd Sprag Clutch Functional Check
        • Input Clutch & 3RD Clutch
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
          • Input Clutch & 3rd Clutch Functional Check
        • Input Clutch Housing Check Ball Valve
          • Notes
          • Disassembly & Reassembly
        • Input Shaft Oil Seal Rings
          • Input Shaft Oil Seal Ring Replacement
        • Input Clutch Housing & Sprag Clutches
          • Reassembly
        • 2ND Clutch Assembly
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • 2ND Clutch Housing Check Ball Valve
          • Disassembly & Reassembly
        • Reverse Band
          • Inspection
        • Driven Sprocket Support Assembly
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
          • 2nd & 4th Clutch Functional Check
        • Driven Sprocket Support Bearing
          • Disassembly & Reassembly
        • Input, 2ND, 3RD & Sprag Clutches
          • Reassembly
        • Drive Sprocket & Turbine Shaft
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • Drive & Driven Sprocket Components
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • 4TH Clutch Components
          • Inspection
        • Case Cover Components
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Bearing Replacement
          • Reassembly
        • Left Axle Shaft Oil Seal
          • Reassembly
        • Output Shaft
          • Inspection
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Inspection
        • Control Valve Body
          • Cleaning
          • Inspection
          • Disassembly
          • Reassembly
        • Control Valve Body Spacer Plate
          • Inspection
        • Oil Pump Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection & Reassembly
        • Wiring Harness
          • Inspection
        • Case Side Cover
          • Notes
          • Inspection
        • THERMO Element Adjustment
        • 2-1 Manual Band Servo
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • Accumulator Components
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • Oil Pan & Filter
          • Inspection
        • Forward Band Servo
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • Reverse Band Servo
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
      • Transaxle Reassembly
        • Notes
        • Transaxle
        • Transmission-To-Transfer Case End Play Check
        • Transfer Case Installation
      • Torque Specifications
      • Transaxle Specifications
    • Automatic Transaxle Removal & Installation
      • Application
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Transaxle
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Transaxle Brace
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Transaxle Mount Bracket
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Transaxle Mount
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Engine Support Fixture
          • Installation (3.4L)
          • Installation (3.8L)
        • Frame Replacement
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Torque Specifications
    • Automatic Transmission Servicing
      • Application
      • Identification
        • Notes
        • Oil Pan Gasket
      • Lubrication
        • Service Intervals
        • Checking Fluid Level & Condition
        • Recommended Fluids
        • Fluid Capacities
        • Draining & Refilling
        • Oil Cooler Flushing
          • Notes
          • Preparation
          • Initial Flush
          • Back Flush
        • Oil Cooler Flow Test
          • Flow Check
          • Clean-up
      • On-Vehicle Repairs
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Shift Cable
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Accumulator & 2-1 Manual Servo
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Case Extension Housing
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Case Side Cover
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Control Valve Body
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Fluid Filler Tube
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Fluid Temperature Sensor
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Input Speed Sensor
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Oil Cooler Hose/Pipes
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Oil Pressure Test Plug
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Oil Pump
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Pressure Control Solenoid
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Reverse Band Servo
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Shift Cable
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • TCC Pulse Width Modulation Solenoid
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • TFP Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • THERMO Element
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Transaxle Brace
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Transaxle Mount
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Transaxle Vent
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Wiring Harness
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Torque Specifications
    • Shift Interlock Systems
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Introduction
        • Steering Column Electric Park Lock
        • Park Lock Cable
        • Shift Interlock Solenoid
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Diagnostic Starting Point
        • Symptom Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Diagnostic System Check
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Definitions
        • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • Notes
        • DTC B2712
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2713
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Symptom Tests
        • Notes
        • Test A: Shift Lever Does Not Move With Brake Pedal Depressed
        • Test B: Shift Lever Can Be Moved Without Brake Pedal Depressed
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Park Lock Cable
        • Shift Lock Solenoid
        • STOPLAMP Switch
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Shift Lock Solenoid
          • Removal (Column Shift)
          • Installation (Column Shift)
          • Removal (Floor Shift)
          • Installation (Floor Shift)
        • Console Trim Plate
          • Removal (Impala)
          • Installation (Impala)
          • Removal (Monte Carlo)
          • Installation (Monte Carlo)
        • Floor Console
          • Removal (Impala)
          • Installation (Impala)
          • Removal (Monte Carlo)
          • Installation (Monte Carlo)
        • Knee Bolster
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Insulator Panel (Left Side)
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Shift Lever
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Steering Column Filler Panel
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Steering Column Trim Covers
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • STOPLAMP Switch
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Connector Identification
      • Wiring Diagrams
• External Pages